HomeMy WebLinkAboutResolution - 6416 - Contract - American Contracting USA - COL Municipal Building Roof Replacement - 06/24/1999Resolution No. 6416
June 24, 1999
Item No. 38
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock BE and is hereby authorized and
directed to execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock, a contract to install and
furnish all materials and services as bid for the Roof Replacement, City of Lubbock
Municipal Building, between the City of Lubbock and American Contracting USA,
and related documents. Said contract is attached hereto and incorporated in this
resolution as if fully set forth herein and shall be included in the minutes of the City
Council.
Passed by the City Council this 24th day of June '1999.
WINDY SITT , MAY R
A EST:
Kaythi smell
City Pdetary
AP
PROVED AS TO CONTENT:
Victor Kih-An, Purchasing Manager
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
William de Haas
Competition and Contracts Manager/Attorney
rkb/ccdocs/American Contracting USA.res
June14,1999
CITY OF LUBBOCK
SPECIFICATIONS FOR
ROOF REPLACEMENT CITY OF LUBBOCK MUNICIPAL BUILDING
BID #99099
ore
leo.. ttv
t
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Lubbock, Texas
r
F
ITB #99099, Addendum #3
Office of
Purchasing
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock. Texas 79457
(806) 775-2167 • Fax (806) 775-2164
ADDENDUM #3
ITB #99099
ROOF REPLACEMENT, CITY OF
LUBBOCK MUNICIPAL BUILDING
MAILED TO VENDOR: May 26,1999
OLD CLOSE DATE: May 27,1999 @ 3:00 P.M.
NEW CLOSE DATE: June 1, 1999 @ 3:00 P.M.
The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB).
Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not
affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect.
1. Please find enclosed one (1) sheet of Specifications and one (1) drawing from Adling &
Associates.
2. The closing date has been changed from Thursday, May 27, 1999 @ 3:00 P.M. to the new
closing date of Tuesday. June 1. 1999 0 3:00 P.M.
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
Ron Shuffield, Senior Buyer
City of Lubbock
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, Texas 79457
�.., Questions may be faxed to: (806) 775-2164
or Email to: RShuffield@mail.ci.lubbock.tx.us
i
THANK YOU,
6hAuffield
Senior Buyer
PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY OF THIS ADDENDUM WITH YOUR BID
i
ITB 99099ad3.doc
507/98 ADDENDUM NUMBER TWO
Page i of 1
May 25, 1999
MUNICIPAL BUILDING REROOF
BID #99099
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Lubbock, Texas
Adling Associates Architects
AAA Project Number 507/98
NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS:
The following shall be incorporated into and become a part of the 6riginal Drawings and Specifications of the
above identified project. You must acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by noting it on your Proposal form.
ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS:
ITEM #1:
ITEM #2:
ITEM #3:
ITEM #4:
DRAWINGS: Sheet A-1, At existing condition at Area G & I, There is an existing 3 Ply
membrane between the existing flood coat and existing fiber insulation.
DRAWINGS: Sheet A-4, At Area E, west parapet, incorporate Detail #1 included in this
Addendum into detail I/A-6.
DRAWINGS: Sheet A-4, At E.J. between Area E & F, replace detail 1/A-6 with Detail #2,
included in this Addendum.
DRAWINGS: Sheet A-5, At Area I, north, northeast and west parapets, incorporate Detail #I
included in this Addendum into detail 1/A-6, 10/A-6, 11/A-6 and 13/A-7. The above
referenced details are to altered at Area I only, unless noted otherwise.
END OF ADDENDUM #2
NOTE:
SEE KEYED DETAIL
FOR FLASHINCs AT
EACH E.J. CONDITION.
WALL
COUNTEWLASHING,
EXPANSION JOINT COVER
wl EPDM BELLOWS
VAPOR BARRIER TO
SERVE AS RETAINER
FOR INSULATION
FLASHING PLY
6' FINISH PLY
BASE PLY
FIBER —�
CANT
TREATED
INSULATING
WOOD
CONCRETE
BLOCKING
EXISTING DECK
NOTE: NUMBER OF PLY$
DE T A 11,. 01
MAY VARY
ROOF AREA. T EACH
NO SCALE
EPDM BELLOWS WITH
GALVANIZED FLANGES
3'
FIBER
CANT
F
iq
NEW 2x TREATED
WOOD SLOCK114G
AREA F
FLASHING
PLY
FINISH PLY
(2 LAYERS)
BASE PLY
BASE SI -EE'
INSULATING
CONCRETE
META I L #2 EXISTING DECK
NO SCALE
064DDENDUM #2
MUNICIPLE BUILDING REROOF
C I iY OF LUBBOC<
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
MAY 25, 1999
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock. Texas 79457
(806) 775-2167 • Fax (806) 775-2164
ITB 999099, Addendum 92
ADDENDUM #2
ITB #99099
ROOF REPLACEMENT, CITY OF
LUBBOCK MUNICIPAL BUILDING
MAILED TO VENDOR:
OLD CLOSE DATE:
NEW CLOSE DATE:
Office of
Purchasing
May 17,1999
May 20,1999 @ 2:00 P.M.
May 27,1999 @ 3:00 P.M.
The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB).
Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not
affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect.
1. The closing date has been changed from May 20, 1999 @ 2:00 P.M. to the new closing date of
Mav 27.1999 0) 3:00 P.M.
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
Questions may be faxed to
or Email to:
Ron Shuffield, Senior Buyer
City of Lubbock
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, Texas 79457
(806) 775-2164
RShuffield@mail.ci.lubbock.tx.us
TH K YOU
T;
Shuffield
Senior Buyer
PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY OF THIS ADDENDUM WITH YOUR BID
ITB 99099ad2.doc
I
_ �
71
City of Lubbock
PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
ROOM L04, MUNICIPAL BUILDING
1625 13TH STREET
LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401
PH: (806)775-2167 FAX: (806)767-2274
http://purchasing.ci.lubbock.tx.us
MAILED TO VENDOR:
CLOSE DATE:
ITB ,#99099, Addendum #1
ADDENDUM 0
ITB #99099
Roof Replacement, City of Lubbock
Municipal Building
May 14,1999
May 20,1999 @ 2:00 p.m.
The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB).
Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not
affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect.
1. Architectural items are amended as per the attached documentation.
i( glt sts:: ar adli i r aE i�fvrmati n r i nfiga�ivn us be: ubmi#ted in wrtt� ae d dire fed c ,
Ron Shuff)eld, Senior Buyer
City of Lubbock
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, Texas 79457
Questions may be faxed to: (806)767-2274
or Email to: Rshuffieid@mail.ci.lubbock.tx.us
THANK YOU,
CITY OF LUBBOCK
0&e. -ad
Ron Shuffield
Senior Buyer
PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY OF THIS ADDENDUM WITH YOUR BID.
GApu rch\99Addend\99099ad 1.doc
507/98 ADDENDUM NUMBER ONE
Page 1 of 1
May 13, 1999
MUNICIPAL BUILDING REROOF
BID #99099
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Lubbock, Texas
Adling Associates Architects
AAA Project Number 507/98
NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS:
fYre-r- — rr-rJ i/
The following shall be incorporated into and become a part of the original Drawings and Specifications of the
above identified project. You must acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by noting it on your Proposal form.
ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS:
ITEM #1: GENERAL: Contractor shall coordinate with owner for primary staging area, located north
of building. Primary staging area shall consist of contractor/storage trailer(s). All materials
in primary staging area shall be stored in trailer(s).
ITEM #2: GENERAL: Contractor shall coordinate with owner for temporary staging area.
ITEM #3: DRAWINGS: Add the following note to Sheet A-8, Detail 12/A-8:
Conduit shall be exterior -grade EMT with steel compression -type couplings and connectors
where exposed to the weather or in wet locations.
ITEM #4: DRAWINGS: Sheet A-2, replace keyed note #5 with the following:
Existing satellite dish, support frame, and all associated hardware will be removed and
reinstalled by owner.
ITEM #5: DRAWINGS: Sheet A-3, replace keyed note #6 with the following:
Remove existing conduit and patch holes to match existing roof deck conditions. Prior to
removal of existing conduit, reroute existing services contained within. These services to be
rerouted in new EMT conduit installed within existing mechanical room below. Contractor
shall coordinate new conduit size and its routing with owner. Contractor shall coordinate and
schedule with owner the termination of existing services and activation of new services.
CITY OF LUBBOCK
INVITATION TO BID
FOR
TITLE: ROOF REPLACEMENT CITY OF LUBBOCK MUNICIPAL BUILDING
ADDRESS: LUBBOCK, TEXAS
BID NUMBER: 99099
PROJECT NUMBER: 9528.8302.10000
CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
7
L
1.
2.
�+ 3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
r., 8.
9.
10
1
INDEX
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
BID SUBMITTAL - BID FOR LUMP SUM CONTRACTS
PAYMENT BOND
PERFORMANCE BOND
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
CONTRACT
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
No Text
l
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
,— BID #99099
Sealed bids addressed to Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the
office of the Purchasing Manager, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 2:00
o'clock p.m. on the 20th day of May. 1999, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to
furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project:
4
"ROOF REPLACEMENT CITY OF LUBBOCK MUNICIPAL BUILDING"
After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the office of the
Purchasing Manager and publicly read aloud.
It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to insure that his bid is actually in the office of the Purchasing Manager for
the City of Lubbock, prior to the expiration of the date above first written.
k
` The City of Lubbock will consider the bids on the 10th day of June. 1999, at the Municipal Building, 162513th
Street, Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids
and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with
Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price
exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253,
Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000.
Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of B or superior.
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified
check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without
recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a
guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 days after notice of
award of the contract to him.
It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local
conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been
thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. There will be a pre-bid conference on 11th
f"
day of May. at 10:00 o'clock a.m., in the Purchasing Conference Room -L04, Lubbock, Texas
I Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included
in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing Manager of the City of Lubbock, which document is
specifically referred to in this notice to bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to provision of Article 5159a,
Vernon's Ann. Civil St., and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the
contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale.
The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this
advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to
this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in
s consideration for an award.
rw The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre-bid meetings and
bid openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you would like bid information made available in a more
accessible format or if you require assistance, please contact the City of Lubbock Human Relations Office at (806) 775-
2281 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting.
V��
CIIOF L B CK
VICTOR KILM
PURCHASING MANAGER
Bid documents may be obtained upon request from the Purchasing Department at 162513th Street,
Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas 79401; Telephone (806) 775-2167/Fax (806) 775-2164.
lift,
1"A
IW2
imrm
7
L-
7
1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
L 1. SCOPE OF WORK
The contractor shall furnish all labor, superintendence, machinery, equipment and all materials necessary to
complete this project in accordance with contract documents for the ROOF REPLACEMENT CITY OF LUBBOCK
! MUNICIPAL BUILDING.
! 2. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
All work covered by this contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General
Conditions.
All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the
construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by
said contract documents.
4 3. PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS
?" It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by
the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without
charge of forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents, may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice
to Bidders.
r'
a
4. BIDDER INQUIRIES
No bidder shall request any information verbally. All written requests for additional information or clarification
` concerning this bid must be addressed to:
i
RON SHUFFIELD
r SENIOR BUYER
i CITY OF LUBBOCK
P.O. BOX 2000
LUBBOCK, TX 79457
FAX (806) 775-2164
5. TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION
t
The construction covered by the contract documents shall be fully completed within 120 (ONE HUNDRED AND
r+ TWENTY) consecutive calendar days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of
Lubbock to the successful bidder.
The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the
City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the
contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by
the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may
direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to insure completion of the project within the
time specified.
6. PAYMENT
All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the
contract documents.
7. AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID
The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute
an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements
contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the
Contractor has been notified.
8. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will
be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve
the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until
incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve
the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision. The specifications for materials and methods -'
set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality which the Owner believes necessary to
procure a satisfactory project.
9. GUARANTEES
All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against defective
materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general
guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all
damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year from
date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner
(City of Lubbock).
Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the contractual agreement, the Contractor represents and warrants
fault -free performance and fault -free result in the processing date and date -related data (including, but not limited
to calculating, comparing and sequencing) of all hardware, software and firmware products delivered and services
provided under this Contract, individually or in combination, as the case may be from the effective date of this
Contract. Also, the Contractor warrants the year 2000 calculations will be recognized and accommodated and will
not, in any way, result in hardware, software or firmware failure. The City of Lubbock, at its sole option, may
require the Contractor, at any time, to demonstrate the procedures it intends to follow in order to comply with all
the obligations contained herein.
The obligations contained herein apply to products and services provided by the Contractor, its sub -contractor or
any third party involved in the creation or development of the products and services to be delivered to the City of
Lubbock under this Contract. Failure to comply with any of the obligations contained herein, may result in the City
of Lubbock availing itself of any of its rights under the law and under this Contract including, but not limited to, its
right pertaining to termination or default.
The warranties contained herein are separate and discrete from any other warranties specified in this Contract,
and are not subject to any disclaimer of warranty, implied or expressed, or limitation to the Contractor's liability
which may be specified in this Contract, its appendices, its schedules, its annexes or any document incorporated
in this Contract by reference.
10. PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR
The contractor will be furnished one set of plans and specifications, and related contract documents for his use
during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the
Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or
others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor.
71
7
11. PROTECTION OF THE WORK
The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials,
supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any
and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the
date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids have
been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information:
(a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by
the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed.
(b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder.
(c) Equipment schedule.
12. TEXAS STATE SALES TAX
This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article
20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act.
The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the materials
to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase.
13. PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a
way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or
other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the
project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the
location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve
the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such underground lines or structures cut or damaged by
Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by
Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, at Contractor's expense.
14. BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES
The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and
shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be
necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs,
and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and
replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of
barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of
acceptance of the project.
1 15. EXPLOSIVES
The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from
F" the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume
full responsibility for all damage which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blasting. In addition, in all
cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life
or property and the Contractor shall further use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or
corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity.
Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor.
r In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it
shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in
proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given
3
f
sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their
property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage
resulting from his blasting operations.
16. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE
The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the
work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and
telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by
this contract is in progress.
17. INSURANCE
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the _
General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of
Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of
cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All
policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation. The Contractor
shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as
hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall
be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all
operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate
policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each
and all coverage's shall be submitted prior to contract execution.
The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional insured, or in the alternative,
shall be accompanied by a statement from the Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular
project shall be subcontracted. It shall be the contractors responsibility to provide to the owner all proof
of coverage insurance documents Including workers compensation coverage for each subcontractor.
18. LABOR AND WORKING HOURS �.
Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included
in these contract documents. The wage rate which must be paid on this project shall not be less than specified in
the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The bidders' attention is further _
directed to the requirements of Article 5159a, Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes providing for the payment of the
wage schedules above mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of
general prevailing rate of per diem wages in these contract documents does not release the Contractor from
compliance with any wage law that may be applicable. Construction work under this contract requiring an
inspector will not be performed on weekends or holidays unless the following conditions exist:
(1) The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary service
to its citizens.
(2) Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is .-
approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort
to complete the contract within the allotted time.
Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on weekends or holidays, the Contractor must
notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires
to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on
whether to allow construction work requiring an inspector on weekends or holidays will be made by the Owner's
Representative.
In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this
contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work,
regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer
dangerous to property or life.
4
r -r
t
lti
19. PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS
The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project
under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount,
not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors engaged at the site of the
work shall not later than the seventh day following the payment of wages, file with the Owner's Representative, or
Engineer, a certified, sworn, legible copy of such payroll. This shall contain the name of each employee, his
classification, the number of hours worked on each day, rate of pay, and net pay. The affidavit shall state that the
copy is a true and correct copy of such payroll, that no rebates or deductions (except as shown) have been made,
ror will in the future be made from the wages paid as shown thereon. The Contractor must classify employees
I according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which
' schedule is included in the contract documents. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on
whose behalf this contract is made, ten dollars for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each
calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his
t particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these
contract documents.
20. PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES
Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or
decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the
bidder without being considered.
+�+ 21. PREPARATION FOR BID
The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City. All blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled
in and the bidder shall state the price both in words and numerals, for which he intends to do the work
7 contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or
a typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in figures, the price
written in words shall govern. If the bid is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly
authorized agent. If a bid is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each
member must be given and the bid signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly
authorized. If the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business
address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing
agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the bid. The bid
shall be executed in ink.
Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed
on the outside of the envelope in the following manner:
(a) Bidder's name
(b) Bid for (description of the project).
Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time prior to the time set for opening of the bids, but no
bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter.
t 22. BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and include the
following:
.�+
a
M
(d)
(
(f))
(g)
Notice to Bidders.
General Instructions to Bidders.
Bidder's Submittal.
Statutory Bond (if required).
Contract Agreement.
General Conditions.
Special Conditions (if any).
(h) Specifications.
(i) Insurance Certificates.
Q) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered
incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents.
23. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS
The bidder may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of
Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified therein
in a satisfactory manner. The bidder may also be required to give a past history and references in order to satisfy
the City of Lubbock in regard to the bidder's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable
investigations deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the
bidder shall furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that may be requested. The City of
Lubbock reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the bidder fails to
satisfy the City of Lubbock that the bidder is properly, qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to
complete the work described therein. Evaluation of the bidder's qualifications shall include:
1. The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required. "-
2. The ability of the bidder to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified,
without delay or interference.
3. The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder.
4. The quality of performance of previous contracts or services.
2
No Text
BID SUBMITTAL
LUMP SUM BID CONTRACT
PLACE: L ', 7 ; t C -it' 74
DATE: l q Cj
PROJECT NUMBER: #99099 - ROOF REPLACEMENT CITY OF LUBBOCK MUNICIPAL BUILDING
Bid of A (1` ("I C L1 ti CC - AL7 1, 7/ A! C (hereinafter called Bidder)
To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
Gentlemen:
The Bidder, in compliance with your invitation for bids for the construction of a
Cr t IV
LO t�,
having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders. notice to bidders and all other related contract
documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of
the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and
supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time
set forth therein and at the price stated below. The price to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required
under. the contract documents.
cJ�
MATERIALS: '7 U.; C N k� Q Q (2c f) S / X'T Y' '714 L: )4 ) Art? n ($ 7 % CC . i r- C. Ir )
SERVICES: ( f" 14 Ai 9)L0 r -7'Y cZ—I V 0 T As2-7 ($ e>rr
TOTAL BID: ;= t~ ,' f:. -1) Al r)p r n F- t (1,14 T(� ($ Ll 1 9) C% c) )
(Amount shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.)
Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified in a written
"Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within 120 (ONE HUNDRED AND TWENTY)
consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby
further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $500 (FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS) for each
consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth hereinabove for completion of this project, all as more fully set
forth in the general conditions of the contract documents.
Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with
instruction number 21 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the
bidding.
The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days
after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids.
The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the
plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to
commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on
which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents.
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or
certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable
without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the
bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute an
necessary bonds (if required) within (ten) 10 days after notice of award of the contract to him.
Enclosed with this bid Is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for
Dollars ($ ) or a Bid Bond In the sum of Zn (r- ft Dollars
($ 1, which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the
event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned falls to execute the necessary contract documents,
Insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within ten (10) days after the date of receipt
of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the
undersigned upon demand.
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by
documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with they
(Seal if Bidder is a Corporation)
ATTEST:_
Secretary
Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda:
Addenda No. �_ Date 5 /y
Addenda No. Z Date 51171
Addenda No. Date
Addenda No. Date
2
be bound and include all contract
to
(Printed or Typed Namo'J
i
Company 1�
4
Address
AP; -,
A,4
County
State Zip Code
Telephone: 9S"6
Fax: s 6
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
Minority Owned
3
Yes
No
❑
;97
2.
0
❑
3.
0
0
4.
0
0
5.
0
❑
6.
0
O
7.
0
0
s.
0
0
g.
❑
0
10.
O
0
3
CITY OF LU8130CK
INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT
To Be Completed by Bidder
And Attached to Bid Submittal
I, the undersigned Bidder, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been
reviewed by me with the below identified Insurance Agent/Broker. If I am awarded this contract by the City of
Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten (10) days after being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock,
furnish a valid insurance certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid/proposal.
a ature) Contractor (Print) �—
CONTRACTOR'S NAME:
(Print or
S,
CONTRACTOR'S ADDRESS: /,-/, d c� SS �t�jrl/� �r✓S
Name of Agent/Broker: [2G CL �- IL G-�0 n -Zn
Address of Agent/Broker: (U "3 Z2 S C° 1% E- 12 i E IV SS? r
City/State/Zip: ->Ati)
Agent/Broker Telephone Number:( f))
Date: 5 f 2 /q Ci
NOTE TO CONTRACTOR
If the time requirement specified above Is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid/proposal and
award the contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements,
please contact the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock at (806) 775-2165.
BID #99099 - ROOF REPLACEMENT CITY OF LUBBOCK MUNICIPAL BUILDING
4
555 Republic Drive
Suite 314
Plana, Texas 75074
972.516.9130,-
972.516.9131 Fax
800.998.8842
I�
Bond No.:
BID OR PROPOSAL BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we American Contracting U.SA., Inc. as PRINCIPAL,
(hereinafter called the Principal), International Fidelity Insurance Company and , a corporation duly
organized under the laws of New Jersey and authorized to transact a general surety business in the
State of Texas as SURETY, (hereinafter called the Surety), are held firmly bound unto: City of
Lubbock as OBLIGEE, (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the sum equal to 5% of the Greatest
Amount Bid, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the
said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and
severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, That, whereas the Principal has submitted or Is about
to submit to the Obligee a proposal or bid, dated on or about the date mentioned below, for: (1)
the performance of the designated work, or (2) the furnishing of the specified goods, supplies or
products, to -wit:
Munlc/pal Build/ng Roof Replacement -- Lubbock, TX
NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall not legally withdraw said bid within or at the times permitted
therefor, but shall duly make and enter Into a written contract with the Obligee, in accordance
with the terms of said proposal or bid, or any amendment thereof acceptable to the Principal,
within the time permitted therefor after such contract forms are presented to the Principal for
execution, should the Obligee award the Principal the said work or contract, or any part thereof:
and if the Principal shall give bond or bonds for the faithful performance thereof, and/or for
payment for labor and materials going thereunto, as in the specifications or contracts provided: or
If the Principal shall, in case of failure so to do, pay to the Obligee the damages which the
Obligee shall have actually suffered by reason of such failure, not exceeding the penal sum of this
bond, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to be and remain in full force and
virtue.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no action shall lie, or claim be enforced hereunder, unless the award on
the basis of sold bid shall have been make within thirty (30) days after the formal opening of said
bid, or within the time specified within the bid provisions, whichever time shall be greater, and
unless the Obligee hereunder shall give notice to Surety of said award at the time of notification to
the Principal; and unless legal action to enforce any claim hereunder shall have been commenced
within six (6) months from the date of the formal opening of said Bid.
PROVIDED, always, that this Bond shall not be valid and binding upon the Surety unless
accompanied by a Certified Copy of a Power of Attorney authorizing the undersigned Attorney -in -
Fact to execute such a bond, the Serial Number upon which Copy of Power of Attorney shall
correspond with the Bond Number set out above.
Signed, sealed, and dated this EIGHTEENTH day of MAY,
Bid Bond Standard - Merge.doc
BY
B
Page 1 of 2
5,
Principal
American Contracting U.S.A., Inc.
Y
Glenn E. Ganci, Attomey-in-Fact
AMUSi //D&WO/D&DW
Assistant Secretary
i
PERFORMANCE BOND
tom'
BOND CHECK
_ BEST RATING
U'ENSqTE"'
OTEABY
No Text
r
PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND
Bond Number:
Premium:
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Here insert full name and address or legal rifle of Contractor)
American Contracting U.S.A., Inc.
P.O. Box 3565
Brownsville, TX 78520
as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor and, (Here insert full name and address or legal titte at Surety)
International Fidelity Insurance Company
1 Newark Center, 20th Floor
Newark, NJ 07102
S h
TXI FSU0284555
$4,680.00
U0 urety, eielnafter called Surety, are held and flrmiy bound unto (Here insert tLdl name and address or legal Me of owner)
I City of Lubbock
1625 13th Street/P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, TX 79401
as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of
FOUR HUNDRED EIGHTEEN THOUSAND AND 00/100 Dollars ($418,000.00),
for the payment where of Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,
successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
i
WHEREAS,
Contractor has by written agreement dated June 24, 1999, entered into a contract with Owner for
Municipal Building Roof Replacement -- Lubbock Texas
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that, if the Principal shall promptly
and faithfully perform said Contract and make payment to all claimants, as hereinafter defined, for all
labor and material used in the performance of the Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void;
otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions:
t A) Whenever Contractor shall be, and declared by
owner to be in default under the Contract, the
r� Owner having performed Owner's obligations
thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the
default, or shall either
D Complete the Contract in accordance with its
terms and conditions; or
2) Obtaln a bid or bids for completing the Contract
in accordance with Its terms and conditions, and
upon determination by Surety of the lowest
responsible bidder, or, If the Owner elects, upon
determination by the Owner and the Surety jointly
of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a
contract between such bidder -and Owner, and -
make available as Work progresses (even though
there should be a default or a succession of
defaults under the contract or contracts of
completion arranged under this paragraph)
sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less
the balance of the contract and price; but not
exceeding, including other costs damages for
which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the
amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof,
subject to the Iimifations in Paragraph D.
3) The term 'balance of the contract price; as used
In this paragraph, shall mean the total amount
payable by Owner to . Contractor under the
Contract and any amendments thereto, less the
amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor.
B) t) A Claimant is defined as one having a direct
contract with the Principal or with a Subcontractor
of the Principal for labor, material, or both, used
or reasonable required for use int the
performance of the Contract, labor and material
being construed to include that part of water,gas,
power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service
or rental of equipment directly applicable to the
Contract.
2) The above named Principal and Surety hereby jointly
and severally agree with the Owner that every
claimant as herein defined, who has not - been
paid in full before the expiration of a period of
ninety (90) days after the date on which the last
of such claimant's work or labor was done or
performed, or materials were furnished by such
claimant, may sue on this bond for the use of
such claimant, prosecute the suit to final
judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly
due claimant, and have execution thereon. The
Owner shall _not _be:=ltab_le- for the -payment of_an_-__
- — - -- -
costs or expenses of any such suit.
C) No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by
any claimant,
Page -t of 3 _ _
I 1) Unless claimant, other than one having -a direct
[ contract with the Principal, shall have given
written notice to the following: the Prinelpal, the
Owner, and the Surety above named, within
ninety (90) days after such claimant did or
performed the last of the work or labor, or
furnished the last of the materials for which said
' claim Is made, stating with substantial accuracy
the amount claimed and the name of the party
to whom the materials were furnished, or for
whom the work or labor was done or performed.
Such notice shall be served by malling the same
kby registered mail or certified mail, transaction of
business, or served In any manner In which legal
process may be served in the state in which the
aforesaid project Is located, save that such
i service need not be made by a public officer.
2)After the expiration of one (1) year following the
date on which the Principal ceased Work on said
rContract, it being understood, however, that if
Signed, sealed, and dated this SIXTH day of JULY, 1999
any limitation embodied In this bond Is prohibited
by any law controlling the construction hereof
such limitation shall be deemed to be amended
so as to be equal to the minimum period of
limitation permitted by such law.
3) Other than in a state court of competent
jurisdiction In and for the county or other political
subdivision of the state In which the Project, or
any part thereof, Is situated, or in the United
States District Court for the district In which the
Project, or any part thereof, is situated, and not
elsewhere.
D) The amount of this bond shall be reduced by and to
the extent of any payments or payments made In
good faith hereunder, Inclusive of the payment by
Surety of mechanics' lien which may be filled of
record against said improvement, whether or not
clalm for the amount of such lien be presented
under and against this bond
American Contracting U.S.A., Inc
(Witness) z
(Signature/Title)
International Fidelity Insurance Company
H. Moore, Attorney -in -Fact
,r
AOOZ61'0000�
TEL (973)624.rtro POWER OF ATTORNEY
INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY '
HOME OPFK'E. ONE NEWARK CENTER, 20TH FLOOR
NEWARK, NEW JERSEY 07102-3707
BOND NO.
KNOW ALL MRN BY THESE PRFSENTSt That INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, a coporatirn orgsa; an0 existing ander ate
eesys of th Stan of New /axy, and Irving it principle office is the City of Newark. New Jersey, dues hereby constitute and appoint
6ARAH S... MORROW* GRETCHEN DORMAN. DRNNIS H.':MOORE
TX.
it tar anO lawful resume (a)an-inb eceeob, jnl souldeliver for rd on it kehYt ae wrny, say and a8 6oMx and WnfenakltGx, cuneate of bdemniry cord other
writings obligatory b dr serum thereof, which re or may be allowed, ngaimd of pmnitted by law, statute, rete, regulation. contract or otherwise. rd the execution of
such im numm (s) in purse ante of Own pare es. shalt be r binding upon ear said 94TERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, an fully rd amply,
b all buents rd parpores, b it Ma same had been duly aecred used acknowledged by its regularly elected oKncen at its principal office.
This Power of Anomey Is execuund, said may be certified b and may be revoked. pursuant b and by authority of Article 19ccdon 3, pf the By -Laws adopted by the
Board of Directors of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting called and held on the 7th day of February, 1974.
The Reridarn army Yin President, Bxarnivs Vice ftesiden4 Secretary r Assirrnt Secretary, Wll Mw powerant eathoruy
(1) To appobu Arbrneys-in-fact, ant on, o 6ehaif of the Company and attach the Sale of ear Company thae10. bands cored undertakings.
of IrWemniry and other writinp oblig" In th MOM thnmof cold,
(2) To MMOM as any lime, any each Anonney-in-fact and revoke the authority given.
Further. this Power of Attarnay Is signed and seated by facsimile pumaant b mesulutlm of the Bond of Directors of said Company adopted ar a meeting duly called
and held an the 29th day of April, 1982 of which the following is a ban excerpt
Now Bwmfas Bis signatures of mcil ofil e" and the "A of the Company may be affixed b any each power of anomey, or any eeni&ate meeting rhemb by fucsimile.
W any Inch powr of aub y err cmWK he bearing swh facsimile si8neums r fraimileseal. shall he valid and blending apos ew Company and my such power b
exec
Bad eartiBad by facsimile ig nmems and faWmile seal ail be valid and binding upon th Company in W arm with respect b any bond r rnkstakfng b
which it issuached.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, INTERNATIONAL g2DELITY INSURANCE COMPANY has caused this ImwmeM to be
4� TY signed and its corporate seal to be rlTbed by its authorized officer. this 31st day of August. A.D.1998
wn�Rlae iy INTERNATIONAL FJDBLITY INSURANCE COMPANY
O
DEAL
sat
y STATE OF NEW JERSEY
Canty of Esse: :
Secretary
On this 31st day of August 1998, before ane game the Individual -who'executed the preceding innrumenL b not per aomlly known std, beingme dui
swam, aid We he in the therein described and sudwdzed oRicv of the INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY; that the wel�a�ixed to.
bid Internment b ear Corporate Seal of said Company; that theuid Corponte,Seat rod his signature were duly aMxed by order of the Board of Directors of
aid Company. ....
MAAQ IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand affixed my Official Seal.
of Me City of Newark, New Jersey the day and year first above written.
y NOTARY
OPUBLIC4\M\
vjr A PARY PUBLIC OF ISBW Y
wJEV% Cumulation Expire1�2=
. ceRnhdcATloN _.
1. W undersigned officer of INTERNATIONAL IiDELfTY INSURANCE COMPANY do hereby certify that 1 have compared W foregoing copy of Ne
Power of Anomey and alRdevir, and the copy of rhe Section ofthe Ry -Laws of said Company a sW forth In said Power er Attorney, with ftORIGINALS
ON FILE IN THB HOME OFFICE OP -SAID COMPANY. and that the aanre are currect rnscripts thereof, and of W whole of the said originals, and WI W
sake Power of Ationsey has am been revoked and is now In full force and effect 17-�G/J/J,..
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF. I have hmet ereunto my hard this day of(/� V i9 ..
�InaM $aCmlary
'rmarNR nnr:lhw avow, aMwrr.aaM Maarr anlrwsaww r atuE both/a,hr w.Mw rWt as ahw sew Mw cow am coxal e4Mh w wrwee rwwMMwrl sew �lkrw/hrpM h.�xt�W
No Text
DATE (MM/DD/YY) a
CER�I`II`ICATE OP IN URANCE 7/06/99
.,�...._�..a.,
PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION
CAPITAL INSURANCE AGENCY ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
6322 SOVEREIGN, SUITE 248 HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS 78229 COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE
COMPANY
A THE BURLINGTON INSURANCE COMPANY
INSURED
COMPANY
., AMERICAN CONTRACTING U.S.A., INC.
B OLD AMERICAN COUNTY MUTUAL INSURANCE
1606 S. REYNOLDS
COMPANY
RIO HONDO, TEXAS 78583
C GENERAL AGENTS INSURANCE COMPANY
COMPANY
D TEXAS WORKERS COMPENSATION FUND
COVERAGE$ .;,. _, .,,...; ...__ . .,........ K,.,r ..'; ......... .,.:' ... ,....
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH-RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
CO
TYPE OF INSURANCE
POLICY NUMBER
POLICY EFFECTIVE
DATE (MM/DD/YY)
POLICY EXPIRATION
DATE (MM/DD/YY)
LIMITS
GENERAL
LIABILITY
GENERAL AGGREGATE $1,000,000.
_
PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $1,000,000.
X
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
A
I CLAIMS MADE I—XI OCCUR
802260410073
3/7/99
3/7/00
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1,000,000.
X
EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000.
OWNER'S & CONT PROT
FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire) $ 50,000.
MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5,000.
AUTOMOBILE
LIABILITY
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $1,000,000.
B
ANY AUTO
SJA100 329
3/9/99
3/9/00
X
ALL OWNED AUTOS
BODILY INJURY
$1,000,000.
L
X
SCHEDULED AUTOS
(Per person)
BODILY INJURY $1,000,000.
X
HIRED AUTOS
X
NON-OWNED AUTOS
(Per accident)
PROPERTY DAMAGE $ 50,000.
{.
GARAGE LIABILITY
AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $
_
OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY:
ANY AUTO
EACH ACCIDENT $
`
AGGREGATE $
LIABILITY
EACH OCCURRENCE s2,000,000.
lEXCESS
A
X UMBRELLA FORM
802260410073
3/7/99
3/7/00
AGGREGATE s2,000,000.
$
OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND
STATUTORY LIMITS
IEMPLOYERS'
D
LIABILITY
FX71
0001015834 1/7/99
EACH ACCIDENT $ 500, 000.
1/7/00
THE PROPRIETOR/ INCL
DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $ 500, 000.
PARTNERS/EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS ARE: EXCL
DISEASE - EACH EMPLOYEE $ 500 000.
OTHER
$418,000.00 100% OF ALL
BUILDERS RISK
GPP166 139 7/12/99
10/12/00 ,VALUE EQUAL AT ALL TIMES TO
C
(ALL RISK)
,VALUE OF ALL MATERIAL AND
LABOR PERFORMED.
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSILOCATIONS/VEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS PROJECT: ROOF REPLACEMENT FOR THE CITY OF LUBBOCK—MUNICIPAL
BUILDING. ALL POLICIES SHALL INCLUDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK
(OWNER). AMERICAN CONTRACTING U.S.A., INC. WAIVES ALL RIGHTS, INDEMNIFIES AND HOLD HARMLESS
THE CI ADDITIONAL,IN�ENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM ANY LIABILITY. THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IS
-.NAMED
CERTIFICATE HOLDER , .. , x.... , P :.: "...;. a ... W . . m .6 , .....w ;
.CANCELLATION ... ,, .
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
CITY OF LUBBOCK
EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WIL[ MAIL
P.O. BOX 2000
10 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,
LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79457
IAUTHORIZED
R ES
jAbOFtS-S 319 =; t . :m „'rte
";; °` ..?` AC6RD CORPORATION `199'
i
r
7 CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST
A CONTRACTOR SHALL:
r
(1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on
proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements;
(2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity
prior to beginning work on the project;
(3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity:
(A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental
entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing
services on the project; and
(B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project;
(5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter;
(6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the
contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of
any person providing services on the project;
(7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are
required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide
coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other
commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both
English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices
shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words
or changes:
2
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see
reverse) be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering
equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the
identity of their employer or status as an employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512)440- 3789 to receive information on the legal
requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to
report an employer's failure to provide coverage." and
(8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to:
(A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing
of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the
duration of the project;
(B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the
project;
(C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this
rule;
(D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor:
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and
(ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the
coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during
the duration of the project;
(F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
thereafter;
(G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within (ten)10 days
after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of
coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(H) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by
paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they
are providing services.
No Text
u
FCONTRACT
l
I
17
1
7
a
7
4
7
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF LUBBOCK
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 20' day of June 1999 by and between the City of Lubbock,
County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so,
hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and American Contracting USA, Inc. of the City of Rio Hondo, County of Cameron
and the State of Texas hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR.
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and
performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the
CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements
described as follows:
BID #99099 - ROOF REPLACEMENT CITY OF LUBBOCK MUNICIPAL BUILDING — $418,000.00
and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own
proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance
and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract
documents as defined in the General Condition of Agreement.
The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have
been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents.
The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with
the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make
payment on account thereof as provided therein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County,
Texas,in the year and day first above written.
A
AP ROVED AS TO CON T:
Vr
ne ' Re Olientative
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
City Attorney
ATTEST:
7 Corporate Secretary
> {Uel hick
CONTRACTOR:
AMERICA ONTRA ING USA, INC.
J
By:
PRINTED NAME: •4.torld flt�llar
TITLE: 7�-e.raa 4'Ylana�eti
COMPLETE ADDRESS:
American Contracting USA, Inc.
1606 S. Reynolds.�� - -
Rio Hondo, Texas 78583 - _
me .4p. now
r
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
1. OWNER
Whenever the word Owner, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City
of Lubbock, Texas.
�., 2. CONTRACTOR
Whenever the word Contractor, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co-
partnership or corporation, to wit AMERICAN CONTRACTING USA. INC. who has agreed to perform the work
embraced in this contract, or their legal representative.
3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as
referring to, City of Lubbock, or its representative GARY SMITH, FACILITIES MANAGER, so designated who will
inspect constructions; or to such other representatives, supervisors, architects, engineers, or inspectors as may
be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisors or inspectors
will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor
or persons acting on behalf of the Contractor.
4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General instructions to Bidders, Bid, Signed
Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the
w Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificate, and all other documents made available to Bidder
for inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. The above described materials are sometimes referred to
herein as the "contract' or "contract documents".
5. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES
!^ Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or
words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation
or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable,"
"Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's
Representative.
6. SUBCONTRACTOR
The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for
performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no
responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated
by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due
Subcontractor.
7. WRITTEN NOTICE
Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of
�^ the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last
business address known to the party who gives the notice.
8. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, .—
equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other
facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless
otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality.
The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or —
work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaningshall be held to refer such
recognized standards.
All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents.
9. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED
The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents
has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still
may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment.
10. LAYOUT
Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall
accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will
check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at
Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all —
work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications.
11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE
The Contractor shall be furnished copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to Contractor and
Contractor shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site.
The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress or quality of the
executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents.
Owner's Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the
quality or quantity of the work, nor will Owner's Representative be responsible for the construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. Notwithstanding the
Owner's Representative's rights of entry hereunder, the Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the
Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
13. LINES AND GRADES
All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Owner's Representative Whenever Owner's Representative deems
said lines and grades are necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract
documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary,
Contractor shall suspend its work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but
such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore.
The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades
will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless
destruction or removal by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or its employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be
replaced by the Owner's Representative of Contractor's expense.
2 —
r
is
14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY
Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's
4 Representative has the authority to review all work included herein. The Owner's Representative has the authority
to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of the contract. The
Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work
which are to be paid for under the contract documents, and shall determine all questions in relation to said work
and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the
execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The decision of the Owner's Representative shall be
conclusive in the absence of written objection to same delivered to Owner's Representative within fifteen (15)
calendar days of any decision or direction by Owner's Representative. In the absence of timely written objection
by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived.
15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION
It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from
time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may
deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said
material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall
furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the
proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and
instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and
instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications
provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or
inspector, the Contractor may within fifteen (15) calendar days make written appeal to the Owner's
Representative for its decision. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any
and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived.
16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE
The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall
keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory
to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in its absence and all directions
given to superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. It is expressly agreed that adequate
supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance
of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor.
The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the
Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Owner or Owner's Representatives shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any
subcontractors, or any of Contractor's agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work.
17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and
location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be
encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the
work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under the
contract documents. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, or
Owner's Representative either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms
or obligations herein contained. Subject to the rights of Owner as set forth in Paragraph 23 hereof, all
` modifications and/or amendments to the contract documents, shall be in writing, and executed by Owner's
Representative and Contractor.
i
Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to Contractor arising out of the nature of the work
to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the
work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. —
18. CHARACTER OF WORKERS
The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance in the type of —
work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall
inform Contractor in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in Owner's Representative's sole opinion,
incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unacceptable to Owner or Owner's Representative, such man or -
men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's
Representative's written consent.
19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT
The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and
completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it is
also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of
any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted.
The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the
Owner's Representative shall consent or direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such
structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative.
20. SANITATION
Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public
observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be
approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced.
21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING
The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all times to observe and test the work. Contractor
shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at _
any location wherever such work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any
observation which may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to
the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject
any such work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of
its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Representative
has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any such work should be covered without
approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for
examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at
a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or
require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to
furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons �-
competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated.
All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials
or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents.
If any such work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or
consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative,
be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and
approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the
requirements of any such tests, inspections or approvals, and any work which meets the requirements of any such
tests or approvals but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective,
and shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense.
4
Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by
Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under the contract documents to make such
inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the work in accordance
[ with the requirements of the contract documents.
22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES
It is expressly agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in
the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owner's Representative as unsuitable or not
in conformity with plans, specifications and/or contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written
notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy
such work so that it shall be in full accordance with the contract documents. It is further agreed that any remedial
action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense.
4
23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS
The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit,
in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either
before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the
accompanying bond.
If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a
claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of
work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid
according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract;
otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make
such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in
said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for actual
expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned.
r"' 24. EXTRA WORK
The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be
required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change,
l alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered
C by Contractor's bid, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein.
j^ It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative
j when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of
4 the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the
compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following
methods:
Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or
Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or
Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced,
then the Contractor shall be paid the lesser of the following: (1) actual field cost of the
extra work, plus fifteen (15%) percent; or (2) the amount that would have been charged
by a reasonable and prudent Contractor as a reasonable and necessary cost for
performance of the extra work.
In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C)(1), then the provisions of this paragraph
shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen,
timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for
the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred,
together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age
Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other
insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by
5
them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be
kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's
Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the --
type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the
Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be
determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership
Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for
the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent
(15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate Contractor for its profit,
overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not
embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office
must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall
be included in the "actual field cost."
No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case
any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which Contractor should receive
compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, Contractor shall prior to commencement of such extra _.
work, make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should
a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and
the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making
written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as
provided under Method (C)(1). If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative prior to the commencement
any extra work, any claim for payment due to alleged extra work shall be deemed waived.
25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS
It is further agreed that it is the intent of the contract documents that all work described in the bid, the
specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that
such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these
contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in
these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Owners' Representative and a
clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Owner's
Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the Contractor fully understands
the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance
with these plans and specifications. If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative prior to bidding
of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and
specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any
request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of
bids.
26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT
If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of
work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the
Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall _
comply with such order.
If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the
Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase its force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give
reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress.
6
27. PROTECTION AGAINSTACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC AND GENERAL INDEMNITY
The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an
insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the
Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable
precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable
provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment
and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in
Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or
municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, its sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and hold
harmless the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees against any all losses, costs, damages,
expenses, liabilities, claims and/or causes of action, whether known or unknown, fixed, actual, accrued or
contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection
with, incident to, related to, or arising out of, the Contractor's or any subcontractor's, agent's or employee's, in any
manner whatsoever, omission, execution and/or supervision of this contract, and the project which is the subject
t" matter of this contract.
The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in its sole discretion as an
Independent Contractor; inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given
by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses,
are intended as reminders to the Contractor of its duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to
supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of its subcontractors.
w,
28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the
General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of
Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of
cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) calendar days in advance of cancellation or change.
All policies of insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor and
its subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self-insurance,
rights to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by virtue of
payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to the City in
conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver..
The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance
protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such
insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and
shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor,
or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance
specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution.
The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional Insured, or In the alternative,
shall be accompanied by a statement from the Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular
project shall be subcontracted. It shall be the contractors responsibility to provide to the owner all proof
of coverage Insurance documents including workers compensation coverage for each subcontractor.
A. General Liability Insurance
The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of $1.000.000.00
Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and per occurrence to include:
Premises and Operations
Explosion & Collapse Hazard
Underground Damage Hazard
7
Products & Completed Operations Hazard
Contractual Liability �-
Independent Contractors Coverage
Personal Injury.
Advertising Injury
B. Owner's Protective or Contingent Public Liability Insurance and Property Damage Liability Insurance.
For bodily injuries, including accidental death and or property damage, $1.000.000.00 Combined Single
Limit. This policy shall be submitted prior to contract execution.
C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance
The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than;
Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $500.000.00 Combined Single Limit,
to include all owned and nonowned cars including: Employers Nonownership Liability Hired and
Nonowned Vehicles. The City is to be named as an additional insured on this policy for this specific job
and copy of the endorsement doing so is to be attached to the Certificate of Insurance.
D. Builder's Risk Insurance/Installation Floater Insurance
The Contractor shall obtain a Builder's Risk policy in the amount of 100% of the total contract price (100%
of potential loss) naming the City of Lubbock as insured.
E. Umbrella Liability Insurance
The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of JQ.00 on all contracts with
coverage to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile Liability
coverages.
F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance
Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any
Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $500.000.00.
1. Definitions:
Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority
to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC- _
83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's
or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project.
Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the
Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental
entity.
Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096, Texas Labor
Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has
undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with
the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without
limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -
operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to
8
l
provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or
delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a
project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage
vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets.
2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and
payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of
Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on
the project, for the duration of the project.
3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being
awarded the contract.
4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new
certificate of coverage with the "governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended.
5. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the
governmental entity:
(a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the
governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all
persons providing services on the project; and
(b) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project.
6 The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and
for one year thereafter.
7. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,
within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially
affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project.
8.The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by
the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the
project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and
report lack of coverage.
9. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services
on the project, to:
(a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts
and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas
Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the
project, for the duration of the project;
(b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate
of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person
providing services on the project, for the duration of the project;
4
(c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current
t., certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
r '
(d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor:
f 9
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project;
and
(2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of
the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one
year thereafter;
_(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10
days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects
the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(g) contractually require each, person with whom it contracts to perform as required by
paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for
whom they are providing services.
10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the
Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will
provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the
duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes
and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance
carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance
Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative
penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions.
11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the
Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor
does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the
governmental entity.
G. Proof of Coverage
Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner
for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence
of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the
insurance company setting forth:
(1) The name and address of the insured.
(2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies.
(3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by
such certificate.
(4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by
such certificate.
(5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at
the address shown in the bid specifications.
(6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or
cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate.
(7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job
specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable.
10
r
(8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project.
(9) A Contractor shall:
(a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the
project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of
any coverage agreements;
(b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the
governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project;
(c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate
of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental
entity:
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the
governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for
all persons providing services on the project; and
(ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one
year thereafter;
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10
days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially
affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project;
(g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project
that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current
coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other
posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other
commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type
and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and
any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be
the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional
words or changes:
r 11
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services
related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation
insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or
materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the
project, regardless of the Identity of their employer or status as an employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512/440-3789 to receive
Information of the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your
employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to
provide coverage;" and
(h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,
to:
(i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll —
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing
services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the Contractor prior to that person beginning
work on the project;
(iii) ' include in all contracts to provide services on the project the following language:
"By signing this contract or providing or causing to be
provided a certificate of coverage, the person signing this `
contract is representing to the governmental entity that all
employees of the person signing this contract who will
provide services on the project will be covered by workers'
compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that —
the coverage will be based on proper reprinting of
classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all
coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate
insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the r'
commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation.
Providing false or misleading information may subject the
Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties,
civil penalties, or other civil actions.";
(iv) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate
of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the
Contractor:
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the —
project; and
(2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown
on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the
project;
(vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project
and for one year thereafter;
12
(viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as
required by paragraphs (i) -(viii), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to
the person for whom they are providing services.
7 29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES
Contractors having more than fifteen (15) employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of
1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such
individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee
compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment.
30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORERS MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS
► OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor agrees that it will indemnify and save the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees, harmless
against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and causes of action arising out of, in any way,
manner or form, the demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of
machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and supplies, incurred in the performance of this contract
and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish
satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or
waived.
If during the progress of the work, Contractor shall allow any indebtedness to accrue for work furnished by any of
those designated in the preceding paragraph and shall fail to pay and discharge any such indebtedness within five
(5) days after demand is made, then Owner may, during the period for which such indebtedness shall remain
unpaid, in addition to any statutory retainage rights it may have, withhold from the unpaid portion of this contract, a
sum equal to the amount of such unpaid indebtedness or may apply the sum so withheld to discharge any such
indebtedness.
31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION
Poll The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material
or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or owner thereof.
Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and
save the Owner, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof, except
;. that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular
design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or
required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material
or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner, and all of its officers,
agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, if the material or process specified or required by Owner and/or this contract is an infringement, the
Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless it gives written notice of such infringement to the Owner's
Representative prior to bidding.
13
(vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,
within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that
materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on
the project; and
(viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as
required by paragraphs (i) -(viii), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to
the person for whom they are providing services.
7 29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES
Contractors having more than fifteen (15) employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of
1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such
individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee
compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment.
30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORERS MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS
► OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor agrees that it will indemnify and save the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees, harmless
against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and causes of action arising out of, in any way,
manner or form, the demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of
machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and supplies, incurred in the performance of this contract
and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish
satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or
waived.
If during the progress of the work, Contractor shall allow any indebtedness to accrue for work furnished by any of
those designated in the preceding paragraph and shall fail to pay and discharge any such indebtedness within five
(5) days after demand is made, then Owner may, during the period for which such indebtedness shall remain
unpaid, in addition to any statutory retainage rights it may have, withhold from the unpaid portion of this contract, a
sum equal to the amount of such unpaid indebtedness or may apply the sum so withheld to discharge any such
indebtedness.
31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION
Poll The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material
or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or owner thereof.
Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and
save the Owner, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof, except
;. that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular
design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or
required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material
or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner, and all of its officers,
agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, if the material or process specified or required by Owner and/or this contract is an infringement, the
Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless it gives written notice of such infringement to the Owner's
Representative prior to bidding.
13
32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES
The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and
regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and without limiting, in any way, manner or form,
the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the
Owner, and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any claims arising from the violation of any such
laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor, its employees, or subcontractors. If the Contractor
observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall notify the Owner's Representative in
writing prior to bidding and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the
work. In the absence of timely written notification to Owner's Representative of such variance or variances within
said time, any objection and/or assertion that the plans and specifications are at variance with any federal, state or
local laws, ordinances or regulations shall be deemed waived. If the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors
perform any work contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's
Representative, Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom.
The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as
the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may
enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as
though embodied herein.
33. SUBCONTRACTING
The Contractor agrees that it will retain personal control and will give its personal attention to the fulfillment of this
contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the Work, or materials required
in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from its full obligations to the Owner, as
provided by the contract documents.
34. TIME FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of
beginning and time for completion as specified in the contract documents, of work to be done hereunder are
essential conditions of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in
this contract shall be commenced as provided in the contract documents.
If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to substantially complete the work within the time herein specified,
then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner
may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $500 (FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS)
PER DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each
and every working day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for substantially completing
the work. _
It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the substantial
completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into
consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality.
The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because the actual damages
the Owner would sustain in such event would be difficult and/or impossible to estimate, however, the amount
agreed upon herein is a reasonable forecast of the amount necessary to render just compensation to Owner, and
is expressly agreed to be not disproportionate to actual damages as measured at time of breach.
IT IS FURTHER AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND OWNER THAT TIME IS
OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS CONTRACT.
14
r
7,
35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION
It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall
be allowed to prosecute its work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as
shall be most conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution
shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this
contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the bid; provided, also, that
when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by its own force, the Owner's Representative may
direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and the
construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized.
The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative,
schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the
Contractor will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts.
36. TIME OF PERFORMANCE
The Contractor agrees that it has submitted its bid in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this
project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and
has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 34 hereinabove set forth and expressly agrees that
it shall not be entitled to, nor will it request, an extension of time on this contract, except when its work has been
delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors
employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public
enemy, fire or flood. Any request for extension shall be in writing with the written request for same setting forth all
justifications, in detail, for the request, and submitted to Owner's Representative within twenty (20) calendar days
1.., of the occurrence of the event causing said delay. A failure by Owner's Representative to affirmatively grant the
extension no later than twenty (20) calendar days of written submission by Contractor shall be deemed a denial,
and final. Further, In the absence of timely written notification of such delay and request for extension, as provided
herein, any request for extension by Contractor shall be deemed waived.
37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS
In executing the contract, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein
fixed, Contractor has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such
work, whether growing out of delays due to unusual and unanticipated circumstances, difficulties or delays in
securing material or workmen, or any other cause or occurrence. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for
hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except
where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in
which event, such expense as in the sole judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such
stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor.
38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS
r No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length,
area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the
event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the
specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material
to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown, and only when same are expressly stated
to be estimates, for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they
are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing
their bids offered for the work. In the event the amount of work to be done and materials to be furnished are
expressly stated to be estimated, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimated, it is understood and
agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ
somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method,
payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project.
15
i
39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY
The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way —
encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under
this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and Contractor shall be
liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property. Without
limiting, in any way, manner and form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner, and any of its officers, agents and employees,
against any and all claims or damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, related to, arising
from or growing out of the performance of this contract. —
40. PRICE FOR WORK
In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by
the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the
specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the
bid proposal attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to
receive such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all
expenses incurred by Contractor and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner
and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of
Owner's Representative.
41. PAYMENTS
No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the
contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective
work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's
Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection
with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or.otherwise, that there
are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by
Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner, Owner's _
agents and employees, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract.
42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS
On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application for
partial payment or, if the Contractor does not submit such application, the Owner's Representative shall determine
the amount to be partially paid. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment if
submitted, and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order, shall prepare a
certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the Contractor
up to and including the last day of the preceding month. The determination of the partial payment by the Owner's
Representative shall be in accordance with Paragraph 14 hereof.
The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the
Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be --
retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by
Owner under the terms of the contract documents.
Any partial payment made hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by the Owner of any and all other rights to
enforce the express terms of the contract documents, and all remedies provided therein, as.to any and all work
performed, to be performed and/or materials delivered hereunder, including, but limited to, work to which said
partial payment is attributable.
16
r
43. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Contractor shall give Owner's Representative written notice of substantial completion. Within thirty-one (31)
working days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been
substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and/or the Owner shall inspect the work and within said time,
C if the work be found to be substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the Owner's
Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor a certificate of substantial completion. Notwithstanding
the issuance of a certificate of substantial completion, Contractor shall proceed with diligence to finally complete
the work within the time provided in this contract.
44. FINAL COMPLETION AND PAYMENT
The Contractor shall give written notice to Owner's Representative of final completion. Upon written notice of final
completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement to determine whether final
completion has occurred. If the Owner's Representative determines final completion has occurred, Owner's
Representative shall so certify to the Owner. Upon certification by Owner's Representative of final completion,
Owner shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31 st working day after the date of certification of final
completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement. Neither the certification of final
completion nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the
obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the contract documents and/or any warranty or
warranties implied by law or otherwise.
45. CORRECTION OF WORK
Contractor shall promptly remove from Owner's premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative
on account of failure to conform to the contract documents, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and
Contractor shall at its own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming
to the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of
other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any
P" such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative,
Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense.
Neither the final payment, nor certification of final completion or substantial completion, nor any provision in the
contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and
Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which
shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of certification of final completion by Owner's
Representative.
WITHHELD
46. PAYMENT W I
f The Owner or Owner's Representative may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify
the whole or part of any certification to such extent as may be necessary to protect itself from loss on account of:
(a) Defective work not remedied and/or work not performed.
(b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims.
(c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for materials or labor.
(d) Damage to another contractor.
When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, in the
amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them.
r
7 17
47. CLAIM OR DISPUTE
It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor
shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Owner's
Representative has given any direction, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. _
Timely written notice of dispute as provided in this contract of any decision by Owner's Representative or Owner
shall be a condition precedent to the bringing and/or assertion of any action or claim by Contractor of any right
under this Contract. If the matters set forth in the notice of dispute are not granted or otherwise responded to by
Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of notice of dispute by Owner's
Representative, said objections shall be deemed denied. Any decision by the Owner's Representative, or deemed
denial by the Owner's Representative, shall be final and conclusive in the absence of fraud. It is further agreed
that the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any and all claims of the Contractor,
and constitute a waiver of the right to assert any claim against Owner, Owner's agents and employees and "—
Owner's Representative, by Contractor.
48. NON-COMPLIANCE AND/OR ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR
In case the Contractor should (1) abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within fifteen (15) calendar days after
written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or (2) if the Contractor fails to comply with the
written orders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, then the Surety
on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be
delivered to the Contractor. In the event a bond is not required by law, or otherwise obtained by the Contractor, no
further notice of such non-compliance to Contractor shall be required.
After receiving said notice of abandonment or non-compliance , the Contractor shall not remove from the work any
machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and
equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the
Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or
credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for
under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will
ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement.
In the event the Contractor, or Surety, whichever is applicable, should fail to commence compliance with the notice
hereinbefore provided within ten (10) calendar days after service of such notice, and/or shall fail to proceed with
diligence to complete the project as contemplated and in compliance with all terms and provisions of the contract
documents, then the Owner may exercise any and all remedies available to it pursuant to law, contract, equity or
otherwise, including, but not limited to, providing for completion of the work in either of the following elective
manners:
(a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and
supplies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor,
machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall
be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time
become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than
the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by the
Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the
sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said
Contractor, then the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or
(b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper
having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of
the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case of
any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost
under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain
bound therefore. Should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which
would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be
credited therewith.
18
r
In the event the Owner's complete Representative elects to the work, as described above, when the work shall
P
have been finally completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certification of completion as
provided in paragraph 44 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract
accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to
Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be,
shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certification of completion.
In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would
have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract,
or when the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the
Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over
to the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price,
and the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time
designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of
the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the
Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided,
however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of
such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, subject only to
the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) calendar days from the
date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net
sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable. Such sale may be made at
either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any
machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies which remain on the jobsite and belong to persons other than
the Contractor or his Surety, if applicable, to their proper owners.
The remedies provided to Owner by law, equity, contract, or otherwise, shall be cumulative, to the extent permitted
by law. It is expressly agreed and understood that the exercise by Owner of the remedies provided in this
paragraph shall not constitute an election of remedies on the part of Owner, and Owner, irrespective of its exercise
of remedies hereunder, shall be entitled to exercise concurrently or otherwise, any and all other remedies
available to it, by law, equity, contract or otherwise, including but not limited to, liquidated damages, as provided in
paragraph 34, hereinabove set forth.
49. LIMITATION ON CONTRACTOR'S REMEDY
The remedies of Contractor hereunder shall be limited to, and Owner shall be liable only for, work actually
performed by Contractor and/or its subcontractors as set forth in the contract documents, and Owner shall not be
liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect loss or damage that Contractor may suffer in connection with the
project which is the subject matter of this contract.
i 50. BONDS
.• The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253,
Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds
$100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253,
Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds
$25,000. All bonds, if required, shall be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an approved
Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas. It is further agreed that this contract shall not be
in effect until such bonds are so furnished.
19
51. SPECIAL CONDITIONS
In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions
conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall
control.
52. LOSS OR EXPENSE DUE TO UNUSUAL OR UNANTICIPATED CIRCUMSTANCES
Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the
work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance or from unusual
obstructions or difficulties, naturally occurring, man made or otherwise, which may be encountered in the
prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense.
53. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to
direct, supervise, and control its own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work
covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's
work during Contractor's performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and
vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or
effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's
Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation.
54. CLEANING UP
The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at
the completion of the work Contractor shall remove all such debris and also its tools, scaffolding, and surplus ^'
materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition.
In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor.
55. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND ASBESTOS
Hazardous Substances (herein so called), as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.S. §9601(14)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as same
may be amended from time to time, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, in
any form, shall not (i) be utilized, in any way, manner or form, in the construction of, or incorporation into, the
Project; or (ii) be brought upon, placed, or located, by any party, on the Project site, or any other property of the
City, without the written consent of the Owner's Representative. If Contractor believes that the utilization of a
Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos is necessary in
the construction of the Project, or that it is necessary to place and/or otherwise locate upon the site of the Project
or other property of the City, a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts
and/or asbestos, Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative, and request consent therefrom, at least
twenty (20) days prior to such action. Owner's Representative may grant or deny the request of Contractor and
provide whatever requirements such consent, if granted, is conditioned upon, in its sole and absolute discretion. If
the request of Contractor is not granted, or otherwise not responded to, by Owner's Representative within five (5)
days of the receipt of said request, said request shall be deemed to be denied.
In the event Owner's Representative shall consent to the request of Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for _
ensuring that all personnel involved in the Project are (i) trained for the level of expertise required for proper
performance of the actions contemplated by this Contract and, in particular, in all aspects of handling, storage,
disposal and exposure of Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or
asbestos; and (ii) are provided and utilize all protective equipment, including without limitation, personal protective
gear, necessary to provide protection from exposure to Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum
products or byproducts and/or asbestos.
20
No Text
fl
0
Nc50tLLCt.jLL oLoL
Item No. 39
RESOLUTION April 8, 1999
WHEREAS, the City Council has heretofore established the general prevailing
rate of per diem wages for each craft or type of workmen or mechanics needed to execute
public works contracts for the City of Lubbock in accordance with the provisions of
Vernon's Ann. Civ. Art. 5159a; and
WHEREAS, such wage rates were established by Resolution No. 719 enacted
February 12, 1981, updated by Resolution No. 1590 enacted February 23, 1984. further
updated by Resolution No. 2502 enacted January 8, 1987, further updated by Resolution
No. 5721 enacted March 14, 1996, and amended by Resolution No. 6138 enacted
December 16,1998; and
WHEREAS, such rates need to be updated at the present time in order to reflect
the current prevailing rate of per diem wages; NOW THEREFORE:
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
THAT the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for public works contracts
shall be as set forth in the following named exhibits, which exhibits shall be attached
hereto and made a part hereof for all intents and purposes:
Exhibit A: Building Construction Trades
Exhibit B: Paving and Highway Construction
Exhibit C: Overtime Rate
Exhibit D: Legal Holiday Rate
Such wage rates are hereby found and declared to be the general prevailing rate of per
diem wages in all localities where public works are undertaken on behalf of the City of
Lubbock and such wage rates shall be included in all public works contracts as provided
by law.
Passed by the City Council this 8th day of April_ 19 99.
i L
WINDY SfttTO14, MAYOR
A EST: .
.i
Kayti Darnell, City Secretary
APPROVED AS TO CONTENT:
'Mary Ar, ews, Managing Director of
Human Resources
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
r
Amy L s, Astistant City Attorney
pccdocsKubworks.res
IMarch 25. 1999
EXHIBrr A
City of Lubbock
Building Construction Trades
Prevailing Rates
Craft
Acoustical Ceiling Installer
Air Conditioner Installer
Air Conditioner Installer -Helper
Asbestos Worker
Asbestos Supervisor
Bricklayer
Bricklayer -Helper
Carpenter
Carpenter -Helper
Cement Finisher
Drywall Hanger
Electrician
Electrician -Helper
Equipment Operator -Heavy
Equipment Operator -Light
Floor Installer
Glazier
Insulator-Piping/Boder
Insulator -Helper
Iron Worker
Laborer -General
Mortar Mixer
Painter
Plumber
Plumber -Helper
Roofer
Roofer -Helper
Sheet Metal Worker
Sheet Metal Worker -Helper
Welder -Certified
Hourly Rate
11.50
12.50
6.25
9.00
12.50
12.50
7.00
11.00
7.00
8.00
11.00
13.75
7.00
9.50
8.50
9.50
10.50
11.50
7.00
11.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
12.50
7.00
9.00
7.00
10.00
7.00
11.00
EXHIBIT B
Paving and Highway Construction
Prevailing Wage Rates
Craft
Asphalt Heaterman
Asphalt Shoveler
Concrete Finisher
Concrete Finisher -Helper
Electrician
Flagger
Form Setter
Form Setter -Helper
Laborer -General
Laborer -Utility
Mechanic
Mechanic -Helper
Power Equipment Operators
Asphalt Paving Machine
Bulldozer
Concrete Paving Machine
Front End Loader
Heavy Equipment Operator
Light Equipment Operator
Motor Grader Operator
Roller
Scraper
Tractor
Truck Driver -Light
Truck Driver -Heavy
Hourly Rate
9.00
6.00
8.00
7.00
12.00
6.00
7.00
6.25
6.00
6.75
8.00
7.00
7.75
R.00
7.75
7.25
8.00
7.25
9.50
6.75
7.25
7.25
6.50
7.00
L ,
EXHIBIT C
Prevailing Wage Rates
Overtime Rate
The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) shall be as required by the Fair
Labor Standards Act.
EXHIBIT D
Prevailing Wage Rates
Legal Holiday Rate
The rate for legal holidays shall be.as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act.
t
r
F
4
C°
9 �
No Text
PPw
,
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
e
for
UNICIPAL BUILDING REROOF
for
CITY OF LUBBOCK, TEXAS
162513`" Street
AR
5219
qTE OF Z`
March 31, 1999
ADLING ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS
2529 74th Street
Lubbock, Texas 79423
Telephone 806.748-0880
Facsimile 806.748-0744
E -Mail billadling@adling.com
AAA PROJECT NUMBER 507198
r
7
l
507/98 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 3
MUNICIPAL BUILDING REROOF
City of Lubbock
Lubbock, Texas
ADLING ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS
AAA Project Number 507/98
March 31, 1999
5219 Q�
%04'
TABLE OF CONTENTS Following is the enumeration of the Technical Specifications and
Drawings which form a part of this Contract.
BOUND HEREIN
SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01.010
01.026
01.031
01.041
01.045
01.090
01.110
01.300
01.370
01.400
01.410
01.500
01.600
01.700
01.730
01.740
Summaryof the Work................................................................. 2
UnitPrices .............................................. ............................... 1
Cutting, Patching and Alterations Procedures ..................................... 7
Project Coordination................................................................... 1
QualityControl......................................................................... 1
Reference Standards.................................................................... 5
Change Order Procedures............................................................. 1
Submittals, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples ........................ 3
Schedule of Values.................................................................... 1
Codes, Safety and Inspection........................................................ 2
Testing Laboratory Services.......................................................... 2
Temporary Facilities................................................................... 4
Materials................................................................................. 2
Contract Close-out Requirements.................................................... 3
Operation and Maintenance Data .................................................... 3
Warranties and Bonds.................................................................. 1
DIVISION 2 SITE WORK
(Not in this Contract)
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
r
507/98 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 2 of 3
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
Section 03.510 Poured Gypsum Roof Deck........................................................... 3
DIVISION 4 MASONRY
Section 04.200 Unit Masonry Work.................................................................... 6
DIVISION 5 METALS
Section 05.500 Metal Fabrications...................................................................... 4
05.515 Aluminum Wall Ladders.............................................................. 2
DIVISION 6 CARPENTRY AND WOODWORK
Section 06.100 Carpentry Work......................................................................... 3
DIVISION 7 MOISTURE AND THERMAL PROTECTION
Section 07.000 Roofing Demolition...................................................................11
07.212 Roof Insulation.......................................................................... 4
07.220 Lightweight Insulating Concrete ..................................................... 4
07.520 Modified Bitumen Roofing...........................................................11
07.600 Flashing and Sheet Metal.............................................................. 3
07.730 Pipe Support Systems.................................................................. 6
07.920 Caulking and Sealants.................................................................. 3
DIVISION 8 DOORS, WINDOWS AND GLASS
Section 08.150 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames .................................................... 3
08.700 Finish Hardware........................................................................ 5
DIVISION 9 FINISHES
(See painting notes on Drawings)
DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES
(Not in this Contract)
DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT
(Not in this Contract)
507/98 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 3 of 3
DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS
(Not in this Contract)
DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
(Not in this Contract)
DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS
(Not in this Contract)
DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL
(See notes on Drawings)
DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL
(See notes on Drawings)
DRAWINGS BOUND SEPARATELY
Cover Sheet
Sheet A-1
Existing Conditions Plan
Sheet A-2
Roof Demolition Plan
Sheet A-3
Roof Plan - Areas A, B, C & J
Sheet A-4
Roof Plan - Areas D, E & F
Sheet A-5
Roof Plan - Areas G, H & I
Sheet A-6
Details
Sheet A-7
Details
Sheet A-8
Details
End of Table of Contents
A. The Contractor shall provide a trash receptacle for all debris resulting from the work of this Contract.
B. The receptacle shall be placed in a location approved by the Architect.
C. The receptacle shall be promptly removed at the completion of the project, and the grounds shall be
reconditioned and cleaned.
1.06
BUILDING PERMIT
507/98
SUMMARY OF THE WORK
..
A.
Section 01.010 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
waived by the City.
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
PORTABLE TOILETS
A.
The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
The contractor is required to provide portable toilets for all workers associated with this project.
4
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
r
1.02
SCOPE
A.
The scope of this project includes the complete construction of the Reroofing of the facility and all associated
work as described in the Drawings and the Specifications.
B.
The Work will be constructed under a single Stipulated Sum Contract.
C.
The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids, and to waive any or all formalities.
D.
The Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, transportation, apparatus, light, energy, scaffolding and tools
�+
{
necessary for the entire proper and substantial completion of the work and shall install, maintain and remove all
E
equipment of construction and other utensils or things and be responsible for the safe, proper and lawful
construction, maintenance and use of same, and shall construct in best and most workmanlike manner these
improvements and everything properly incidental thereto, as shown on Drawings, stated in Specifications or
reasonably implied therefrom or in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.03
RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
General Instructions to Bidders
Pow
B.
General Conditions of the Agreement
1.04
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate work of the various sections of Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation
of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later.
1.05
TRASH RECEPTACLE
A. The Contractor shall provide a trash receptacle for all debris resulting from the work of this Contract.
B. The receptacle shall be placed in a location approved by the Architect.
C. The receptacle shall be promptly removed at the completion of the project, and the grounds shall be
reconditioned and cleaned.
1.06
BUILDING PERMIT
A.
The Contractor is required to secure a building permit from the City of Lubbock, however the permit fee will be
waived by the City.
1.07
PORTABLE TOILETS
A.
The contractor is required to provide portable toilets for all workers associated with this project.
4
507/98 SUMMARY OF THE WORK —
Section 01.010 Page 2
B. The toilets shall be placed in a location approved by the Architect —
C. The toilets shall be promptly removed at the completion of the project, and the grounds shall be reconditioned
and cleaned.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ASBESTOS -CONTAINING AND ENVIRONMENTALLY HAZARDOUS MATERIALS —
A. There shall be no asbestos -containing or environmentally hazardous materials identified by the E.P.A. or
O.S.H.A. used or installed in any category of work under this Contract. Three sets of MSDS Sheets for each —
product installed in this project are required to be submitted with the project close-out documents.
PART 3 EXECUTION
(Not applicable)
End of Section
D
507/98 UNIT PRICES
Section 01.026 Page 1
PART I GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions and
General Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 GENERAL
A. This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.
B. A unit price is an amount per unit of measurement for materials and/or services that will be added to the
Contract Sum if accepted by the Owner.
C. Unit prices include all necessary materials, labor, services, insurance, bonds, overhead and proposed profit for a
complete and satisfactory installation.
D. The Work of the Unit Price shall include any additional work required to retain the existing material and provide
smooth transition to newly installed materials.
E. The Owner will determine and authorize the quantity of Unit Price work to be performed.
1.03 DESCRIPTION OF UNIT PRICES
A. Remove and replace deteriorated poured gypsum roof deck ....................... $ 8.00 per square foot.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
(Does not Apply)
PART 3 EXECUTION
(Does not Apply)
End of Section
I
507/98 CUTTING PATCHING AND ALTERATIONS PROCEDURES
. Section 01.031 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS
A. Definition: "Cutting and patching" includes cutting into existing construction to provide for the installation or
performance of other work and subsequent filling and patching required to restore surfaces to their original
condition.
1. "Cutting and patching" shall be performed for coordination of the work, to uncover work for access or
inspection, to obtain samples for testing, to permit alterations to be performed or for other similar purposes.
2. Cutting and patching performed during the manufacture of products, or during the initial fabrication,
erection or installation process is not considered to be "cutting and patching" under this definition. Drilling
of holes to install fasteners and similar operations are also not considered to be "cutting and patching."
3. "Demolition" is recognized as a related -but -separate category of work which may or may not require cutting
and patching as defined in this section; refer to Section 07.000 Roofmg Demolition.
B. Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching, required to complete the Work or to:
1. Make its several parts fit together properly.
2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work.
3. Remove and replace defective work.
4. Join new work to existing work in place.
5. Provide routine penetrations of non-structural surfaces for installation piping and electrical conduit.
C. In addition to Contract requirements, upon written instructions of A/E:
1. Uncover work to provide for A/E's or Owner's Representative's observation of covered work.
2. Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing.
D. Refer to other sections of these Specifications for specific cutting and patching requirements and limitations
applicable to individual units of work. Unless otherwise specified, requirements of this section apply to
mechanical and electrical work.
E. Alterations procedures: The procedures and administrative requirements of this section apply to all sections of
the Specifications which are involved in alterations to existing construction:
1. Extent notes: Cut into or partially remove portions of existing building (as necessary) to make way for new
construction. Include such work as:
a. Cutting, moving or removal of items shown to be cut, moved or removed.
b. Cutting, moving or removal of items not shown to be cut, moved, or removed, but which must be cut,
y moved, or removed to allow new work to proceed. Work or items which are to remain in finished work
shall be patched or reinstalled after their cutting, moving or removal, and their joints and finishes made
to match adjacent or similar work.
c. Removal of existing surface finishes as needed to install new work and finishes.
d. Removal of abandoned items and removal of items serving no useful purpose, such as abandoned piping.
r e. Repair or removal of dangerous or unsanitary conditions resulting from alterations work.
F. Payments: Costs caused by ill-timed or defective work, or work not shown or specified in the Construction
Documents shall be incurred by party responsible for ill-timed, rejected or non -conforming work.
507/98 CUTTING, PATCHING AND ALTERATIONS PROCEDURES
Section 01.031 Page 2
G. Work performed shall be in accordance with applicable codes, regulations and ordinances having jurisdiction.
H. Existing warranties: Perform replacing, patching and repairing of material and surfaces cut or damaged by
methods and with material so as not to void, in any way, warranties or bonds required under this Contract or in
force on existing work (or work performed under other contracts).
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural work in a manner that would result in a
reduction of load -carrying capacity or of load -deflection ratio.
B. Before cutting and patching structural members obtain the A/E's approval to proceed with cutting and patching
as described in the procedural proposal for cutting and patching.
C. Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operational elements or safety related components in
a manner that would result in a reduction of their capacity to perform in the manner intended, including energy
performance, or that would result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or decreased safety.
D. Visual requirements: Do not cut and patch work exposed on the building's exterior or in its occupied spaces in
a manner that would, in the A-E/Owner's opinion, result in lessening the building's aesthetic qualities. Do not
cut and patch work in a manner that would result in substantial visual evidence of cut and patch work. Remove
and replace work judged by the A-E/Owner to be cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. Use a
recognized experienced and specialized firm to cut and patch exposed work.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit a written request to the A/E well in advance of executing any cutting or alteration which
affects:
1. Work of the Owner or any separate Contractor.
2. Structural value or integrity of any element of the Project.
3. Integrity or effectiveness of weather -exposed or moisture -resistant elements or systems.
4. Efficiency, operational life, maintenance or safety of operational elements.
5. Visual qualities of sight -exposed elements.
B. Content: Request shall include:
1. Identification of the Project. _
2. Description of affected work.
3. The necessity for cutting, alteration or excavation.
4. Effect on work of Owner or any separate Contractor, or on structural or weatherproof integrity of Project.
5. Description of proposed work: --
a. Scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation.
b. Trades who will execute the work.
c. Products proposed to be used.
d. Extent of refinishing to be done.
6. Alternates to cutting and patching.
7. Written permission of any separate Contractor whose work will be affected. _
8. List utilities that will be disturbed or otherwise be affected by the Work, including those that will be
relocated and those that will be out -of -service temporarily. Indicate how long utility services will be
disrupted.
507/98 CUTTING PATCHING AND ALTERATIONS PROCEDURES
Section 01.031 Page 3
9. Where cutting and patching of structural work involves the addition of reinforcement, submit details and
engineering calculations to show how that reinforcement is integrated with the original structure to satisfy
requirements.
10. Approval by the A-E/Owner to proceed with cutting and patching work does not waive the A/E's right to
require at a later date complete removal and replacement of work found to be cut and patched in an
unsatisfactory manner.
1.05 MATERIALS
A. Except as otherwise indicated, or as directed by the A-E/Owner, use materials for cutting and patching that are
identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available, or cannot be used, use materials that
match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials for
cutting and patching that will result in equal -or -better performance characteristics.
B. Should conditions of Work or the schedule indicate a change of products from original installation, the
Contractor shall submit a request for substitution as specified in section 01.600.
1.06 INSPECTION
A. Carefully examine the premises to determine the extent of work and the condition under which it must be done,
including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting and patching. No extra payments will be
allowed for claims for additional work that could have been determined or anticipated by such inspection. After
uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting installation of new products.
B. Field conditions: Check and verify Contract Documents and field conditions before proceeding with work. If
there are any questions regarding these or other coordination questions, the Contractor is responsible for
obtaining clarification from the A/E before proceeding with work or related work in question.
C. Before cutting, examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which the work is to be performed.
If unsafe or otherwise unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective action before proceeding with
work.
D. Before start of cutting work, meet at work site with all parties involved in cutting and patching, including
mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential" interference and conflict between the various trades.
Coordinate layout of work and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding with the work.
1.07 PREPARATION
r
A. Temporary supports: To prevent failure provide temporary support of work to be cut. The responsibility for
the safety of persons and property is the Contractor's during work of this Contract.
B. Protection: Protect adjacent improvements and other work during cutting and patching to prevent damage.
Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for that part of the project that may be exposed during
cutting and patching operations. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage
to adjoining areas. Take precautions not to cut existing pipe, conduit or duct serving the building (but scheduled
to be relocated) until provisions have been made to bypass them.
1.08 PERFORMANCE
A. General: In performing the work prescribed herein, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to repair all
existing construction disturbed, relocated, damaged or altered an all new construction installed, as required to
a
hide all evidence of work and to refinish this construction to match existing finish and appearance.
i'.
507/98 CUTTING. PATCHING AND ALTERATIONS PROCEDURES --
Section 01.031 Page 4
B. Damage: Contractor shall be responsible for the repairs of any accidental damage the Contractor inflicts upon
the existing work to remain. If, for any reason, damage to existing work or utilities is considered to be
unavoidable, submit written notification. The Contractor assumes full responsibility for damage and the cost of
satisfactorily repairing or replacing the damaged work.
C. Workmanship: Contractor and Subcontractors shall cooperate fully in performance of work. Cutting of new
work shall be avoided. However, if cutting, patching, repairing, removing and/or replacing is necessary, it
shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. In all cases, exercise care
in cutting operations. Perform operations under supervision of competent mechanics skilled in applicable trade.
D. Cutting: Cut the work using methods that are least likely to damage work to be retained or adjoining work.
1. In general, where cutting is required use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not
hammering and chopping. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine such as a
carborundum saw or core drill to ensure a neat hole. Cut holes and slots neatly to sizes required with
existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.
Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
2. Bypass utility services such as pipe and conduit before cutting where such utility services are shown or
required to be removed, relocated or abandoned. After bypassing and cutting, cap, valve or plug and seal
tight remaining portion of pipe and conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter.
E. Patching: Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances for
the work. Where no tolerances are specified, patchwork shall match existing work and existing tolerances.
Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of work. Restore exposed finishes of
patched areas and, where necessary, extend finish restoration into retained adjoining work in a manner which will
eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.
1.09 ALTERATIONS TOEXISTING BUILDING
A. General:
1. Work Sequence: List required scheduling or sequence for project.
2. Security: When keys to locked areas are needed to perform work, obtain from staff member designated by
Owner. Return keys at end of each workday.
3. Maintenance of Access and Operations:
a. During period of construction, the Owner will continue to perform normal activities in existing building.
Maintain proper and safe access to the Owner -occupied areas at all times.
b. Schedule demolition and remodeling operations with Owner in such a manner as to allow Owner --
operations to continue with minimum interruption.
c. During period of construction, do not obstruct in any manner existing exit passageways of Owner -
occupied areas. Maintain existing fire doors in an operable condition.
4. Maintenance of Existing Services: _
a. Maintain environmental control in existing buildings, especially temperature, humidity and dust control.
b. Provide temporary lines and connections as required to maintain existing mechanical and electrical
services in building. --
c. Schedule utility interruptions with the Owner's Representative.
B. Extent: „
1. Cutting and removal work shall be performed so as not to cut or remove more than is necessary and so as
not to damage adjacent work.
2. Conduct work in such a manner as to minimize noise and accumulation and spread of dirt and dust.
3. Drill holes for conduit and piping using core drills.
0
r 507/98 CUTTING, PATCHING AND ALTERATIONS PROCEDURES
Section 01.031 Page 5
4. All penetrations in slab, columns, etc., to be pilot -drilled to determine the exact location and possible
interference with any other items. (For example rebar, piping, anchors, etc.) Joists, beams and columns
are not to be cut, drilled or modified without prior written approval.
C. Shoring, Bracing and Capping: Provide shores, needling, and bracing as needed to keep building structurally
secure and free of deflection in all its parts, and as needed for installation of new structural members.
D. Responsibility and Assignment to Trades:
1. Contractor shall assign the work of moving, removing, cutting, patching and repairing to trades under
Contractor's supervision to cause the least damage to each type of work encountered, and to return the
building as much as possible to the appearance of new work.
2. Patching of finished materials shall be assigned to mechanics skilled in the work of the finish trade involved.
E. Protection:
1. Protect remaining finishes, equipment, and adjacent work from damage caused by cutting, moving,
removing, and patching operations. Protect surfaces which will remain a part of the finished work.
2. Protect existing facilities and features within designated construction limits and along corridor access routes
to construction areas.
3. During demolition, cutting and construction, provide positive dust control by wetting dusty debris and by
completely sealing openings to Owner -occupied areas with temporary partitions to prevent spread of dust
and dirt to adjacent areas.
4. After materials, equipment and machinery are installed, properly protect Work until final acceptance.
5. Any damage resulting from construction operations shall be repaired by the Contractor (or responsible
Subcontractor as applicable) without cost to the Owner.
6. During non -working hours, provide continuous security at openings cut into existing exterior roofs.
F. Temporary Barricades/Partitions: Maintain temporary and dust partitions to seal openings to Owner -occupied
areas.
1. Provide temporary guardrails/barricades.
2. Dust control: The dust resulting from cutting and patching shall be controlled to prevent the spread of dust
to occupied portions of the building and to avoid creation of a nuisance in the surrounding area. Use of
water will be permitted as indicated. Provide drop cloths or other suitable barriers to prevent dust from
traveling to other portions of the building. Seal off all return air registers or other mechanical systems to
prevent dust from entering such systems.
G. Debris:
I. Remove debris promptly from the building and deposit in Contractor -furnished dumpster containers.
Removed material, except that listed or marked by the Owner for retention, becomes property of the
Contractor. Contractor shall remove dumpster stored debris and materials and shall dispose of removed
material legally. Do not burn on site. Do not allow debris to enter sewers.
2. Do not let piled material endanger structures.
3. During cutting and coring operations, use metal lined wood box secured tight against surface, to catch
falling debris and water.
1.10 PATCHING, EXTENDING AND MATCHING FOR ALTERATIONS WORK
A. Skill: Patch and extend existing work using skilled mechanics who are capable of matching the existing quality
7 of workmanship.
7
507/98 CUTTING. PATCHING AND ALTERATIONS PROCEDURES _
Section 01.031 Page 6
B. Patching:
1. In areas where any portion of an existing finished surface is damaged, lifted, stained or otherwise made or
found to be imperfect, patch or replace the imperfect portion of the surface with matching material.
2. Provide adequate support or substrate for patching of finishes.
3. When existing surface mounted fixtures, such as, but not limited to, pipes, grills, ducts, electrical boxes,
conduit, etc., are shown to be removed or are no longer required for the new work, and such surface
mounted items occur in existing walls, floors, or ceiling which are indicated as the finish for the new work,
Contractor shall patch, seal or otherwise cover all penetrations resulting from the removed item using
materials and textures to match adjacent finishes.
C. Quality:
1. No concerted attempt has been made to describe each of the various existing products that must be used to
patch, match, extend, or replace existing work. Obtain all such products in time to complete the work on
schedule. Such products shall be provided in quality which is in no way inferior to the existing products.
2. The quality of the products that exist in the building as apparent during prebid site visits shall serve as the
Specification requirement for strength, appearance, and other characteristics.
D. Transitions:
1. Where new work abuts or finishes flush with existing work make transitions as smooth and workmanlike as _
possible. Patched work shall match existing adjacent work in texture and appearance so as to make the
patch or transition invisible to the eye at a distance of 3 feet.
2. Where masonry or other finished surfaces are cut in such a way that smooth transitions with new work are
not possible, terminate the existing surface in a neat fashion along a straight line at a natural line of division
and provide trim appropriate to the finished surface.
E. Matching:
1. Restore existing work that is damaged during construction to a condition equal to its condition at the time of
the start of the Work.
F. Overall Requirement that the Work be Complete:
1. Where a product or type of construction occurs in the existing building and it is not specified as a part of the
new work, provide such products or types of construction as needed to patch, extend or match existing
work.
2. These Specifications will generally not describe existing products or standards of execution, nor will they
enumerate products which are not a part of new construction. Existing product is its own specification.
3. The presence of any product or type of construction in the existing work shall cause its patching, extending,
or matching to be performed as necessary to make the work complete and consistent to identical standards of _
quality.
1.11 REPAIR IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALTERATION WORK
A. Replace work damaged in the course of alterations, except at areas approved by the A-E/Owner for repair.
B. Where full removal of extensive amounts of almost suitable work would be needed to replace damaged portions,
then filling, spackling, straightening, and similar repair techniques, followed by full refinishing, will be
permitted.
C. If repaired work is not brought up to the standard for new work the A/E will direct that it be cut out and -'
replaced with the new work at no additional cost to the Owner.
507/98 CUTTING PATCHING AND ALTERATIONS PROCEDURES
Section 01.031 Page 7
1.12 REMOVAL AND RELOCATION
A. Items indicated for removal and relocation shall be assigned to mechanics skilled in the particular trade
involved. All items shall be cleaned prior to relocation.
B. Each Successive Trade:
1. As each trade finishes its work on each part of the alterations work and related new work, it shall clean up
its work area and make work surfaces ready for the work of the succeeding trades.
2. Spillage, overspray, collections of dust or debris, and damage of Owner -occupied spaces shall be cleaned or
remedied immediately by the responsible trade.
C. Each area as it is completed:
1. As soon as work in each area of the alterations is complete, clean all surfaces, remove equipment, salvage
and debris, and return in condition suitable for use by the Owner as quickly as possible.
D. Each trade and subcontractor shall deposit debris in Contractor furnished dumpster containers on site.
Contractor shall remove containers from site and dispose of trash legally. Take precautions to eliminate
blowing or spillage of debris onto the site.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
(Does Not Apply)
PART 3 EXECUTION)
(Does Not Apply)
End of Section
F 507/98 PROJECT COORDINATION
Section 01.041 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
B. Verify that utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities.
Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and
placing in service such equipment.
C. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical items which are indicated
diagrammatically on the Drawings. Follow routing shown as closely as practical; place runs parallel with building
lines. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs.
D. In finished areas, conceal pipes, ducts and wiring within construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets
with finish elements.
E. Coordinate completion and cleanup of work of separate sections in preparation for Substantial Completion.
F. After Owner occupancy, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance
with the Contract Documents to minimize disruption of Owner's activities.
End of Section
507/98 QUALITY CONTROL
Section 01.045 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL OF INSTALLATION
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
B. Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.
C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect
before proceeding.
D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances,
codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.
E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality.
F. All work of all categories of work, such as, but not limited to, mechanical, plumbing, electrical, fire alarm
systems, refrigeration systems and sound systems shall be performed by firms and/or individuals licensed by
all applicable governing authorities to perform the indicated category of work.
G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration,
physical distortion, corrosion or disfigurement.
1.02 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS
A. When specified in individual Specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to
provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of
workmanship, or startup of equipment, as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary.
B. Individuals shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are
supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions.
C. Submit report to Architect for review in duplicate within 10 days of observation.
End of Section
F.
507/98 REFERENCE STANDARDS
F Section 01.090 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 STANDARDS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
B. Applicable portions of standards listed that are not in conflict with Contract Documents are hereby made a part of
the Specifications.
C. Modifications or exceptions to Standards shall be considered as amendments and unmodified portions shall
remain in full effect. In cases of discrepancies between standards, the more stringent requirements shall govern.
D. Schedule of Standards
f.
Acoustical & Insulation Materials Association (AIMA)
nee: (AMA)
Acoustical Society of America (ASA)
Adhesive and Sealant Council
Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI)
Air Diffusion Council (ADC)
Air Movement and Control Assoc. (AMCA)
Aluminum Association (AA)
American Architectural Manufacturers Assoc. (AAMA)
American Association of Nurserymen (AAN)
American Association of State Highway Officials (AASHO)
American Association of Textile Chemists (AATCC)
American Concrete Institute (ACI)
American Concrete Pipe Assoc. (ACPA)
American Council of Independent Laboratories
7
American Gas Assoc. (AGA)
American Hardboard Assoc. (AGA)
American Hot Dip Galvanizers Association (AHDGA)
American Industrial Hygiene Assoc. (AIHA)
American Institute of Architects (AIA)
American Institute of Electrical Engineers (AIEE)
American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
American Institute of Timber Construction (AITC)
American Insurance Association (AIA)
nee: National Board of Fire Underwriters
American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI)
American Lumbar Standards Committee (ALSC)
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
nee: American Standards Association (ASA)
American Parquet Assoc. (A.P.A.)
American Petroleum Institute (API)
American Plywood Association (APA)
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air
Conditioning Engineers (ASHRE)
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
American Society of Plumbing Engineers (ASPE)
American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE)
507/98 REFERENCE STANDARDS _
Section 01.090 Page 2
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) —
American Water Works Assoc. (AWWA)
American Welding Society (AWS)
American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA)
American Wood Preservers Bureau (AWPB) -"
Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG)
Anti -Friction Bearing Manufacturers Assoc. (AFBMA)
Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer's Association (AAMA) .—
Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI)
Asphalt Institute (AI)
Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers, Assoc. (ARMA)
Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) —
Associated Laboratories (ALI)
Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (ARAM)
Association of Official Analytical Chemists (ADAC)
Association of Official Seed Analysts (AOSA)
Brick Association of North Carolina (BANC)
Brick Institute of America (BIA)
Builder's Hardware Manufacturers Assoc. (BHMA)
Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Assoc.
(BIFMA)
California Redwood Association (CRA)
Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI)
Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI)
Ceiling and Interior Systems Contractors Assoc. (CISCA) --
Ceramic Tile Institute of America (CTI)
Certified Ballast Manufacturers Assoc. (CBM)
Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (CLFMI) —
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)
Available from the Government Printing Office
Color Association of the United States (CAUS)
Commercial Standards (CS) -`
Compressed Air and Gas Institute (GAGI)
Compressed Gas Assoc. (CGA)
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) _
Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC)
Copper Development Assoc. (CDA)
Corp of Engineers (CE) _
Davis - Bacon Act (DBA)
Decorative Laminate Products Assoc. (DLPA)
Department of Commerce (DOC)
Department of Transportation (DPT)
Door and Hardware Institute (DHI)
Electronic Industries Assoc. (EIA)
Elevator Safety Code as Approved by the American Standards
Association (ASE Code)
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc. (ETL)
Exchange Carriers Standards Assoc. (ECSA) _
Expansion Joint Manufacturers Assoc. (EJMA)
Exterior Insulation Manufacturers Assoc. (EIMA)
Facing Tile Institute (FTI) —
Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FMRC)
507/98 REFERENCE STANDARDS
F Section 01.090 Page 3
nee: (FMEC)
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA)
Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
Federal Housing Administration (FHA)
(US Department of Housing and Urban Development)
Federal Specifications (FS)
Flat Glass Jobbers Association (FGJA)
Flat Glass Marketing Assoc. (FGMA)
Fluid Controls Institute (FCI)
General Services Administration (GSA)
Gypsum Association (GA)
Hardwood Manufacturers Assoc. (HMA)
Hardwood Plywood Institute (HPI)
Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers (HPMA)
Heat Exchange Institute (HEI)
i
Hydronics Institute (HI)
Hydraulic Institute (H.I.)
Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA)
Indiana Limestone Institute of America (ILI)
Industrial Risk Insurers (IRI)
r
Instrument Society of America (ISA)
tj
International Municipal Signal Assoc. (IMSA)
Institute of Business Designers (IBD)
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (ICER)
Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC)
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)
Lead Industries Association, Inc. (LIA)
Lightening Protection Institute (LPI)
Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction
Associated General Contractors of America (AGC)
Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and
Fittings Industry (MSS)
Maple Flooring Manufacturers Assoc (MFMA)
Marble Institute of America (MIA)
Mechanical Contractors Association of America (MCAA)
Metal Building Manufacturer's Assoc. (MBMA)
1"^
Metal Lath/Steel Framing Assoc. (ML/SFA)
Military Standardization Documents (MIL)
(US Department of Defense)
National Asphalt Pavement Assoc. (NAPA)
National Association of Architectural Metal
Manufacturers (NAAMM)
National Association of Plastic Fabricators (MAPF)
(now DLPA)
National Builders Hardware Assoc. (NBHA)
National Building Granite Quarries Association (NBGOA)
National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA)
National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements
(NCRPM)
National Electric Code (NEC)
National Electrical Contractors Assoc. (NECA)
507/98 REFERENCE STANDARDS
Section 01.090 Page 4
National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) _
National Elevator Industry, Inc. (NEII)
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
National Forest Products Assoc. (N.F.P.A.)
National Hardwood Lumber Association (NHLA)
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
National Kitchen Cabinet Assoc. (NKCA)
National Lumber Grades Authority (NLGA) --
National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Assoc. (NOFMA)
National Paint and Coatings Assoc. (NPCA)
National Particleboard Assoc. (NPA) _
National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA)
National Sanitation Foundation (NSF)
National School Supply and Equipment Assoc. (NSSEA)
National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association (NTMA)
National Wood Window and Door Assoc. (NWWDA)
National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association (NWMA)
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
Painting and Decorating Contractors of America (PDCA)
Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI)
Porcelain Enamel Institute (PEI) _
Portland Cement Association (PCA)
Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI)
Product Standard of NBS (PS)
Redwood Inspection Service (RIS) --
Resilient Floor Covering Institute (RFCI)
Rubber Manufacturers Assoc. (RMA)
Rural Electrification Administration (REA)
(US Department of Agriculture)
Safety Glazing Certification Council (SGCC)
Scientific Apparatus Makers Assoc. (SAMA)
Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Assoc. (SIGMA)
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National
Association Inc. (SMACNA)
Single Ply Roofing Institute (SPRI) —
Southern Hardwood Lumber Manufacturers Assoc. (SHLMA)
(now HMA)
Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (SPIB) _
Standard Code for Arc and Gas Welding of the American
Welding Society Steel Joist Institute (SJI)
Steel Deck Institute (SDI)
Steel Door Institute (S.D.I.)
Steel Joist Institute (SJI)
Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC)
Steel Window Institute (SWI) _
Structural Clay Products Institute (SCPI)
Submersible Wastewater Pump Assoc. (SWPA)
Sump and Sewage Pump Manufacturers Assoc. (SSPMA) _
Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS)
Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation (TDLR)
Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT)
Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Assoc. (TIMA)
Tile Council of America (TCA)
507/98 REFERENCE STANDARDS
F Section 01.090 Page 5
Truss Plate Institute (TPI)
Underwriter's Laboratory (UL)
U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA)
United States Department of Health and Human Services
Unites States Department of Labor (DOL) (USDOL)
U.S. Pharmacopoeia (USP)
U.S. Postal Service (USPS)
Wallcovering Manufacturers Assoc. (WCMA)
Water Systems Council (WSC)
West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLIB)
Western Lath Plaster Drywall Industries Assoc. (WLPDIA)
(Formerly California Lath & Plaster Assoc.)
Western Wood Products Assoc. (WWPA)
Wire Reinforcement Institute (WRI)
Wood and Synthetic Flooring Institute (WSFI)
Woodwork Institute of California (WIC)
Woven Wire Products Assoc. (W.W.P.A.)
PART 2 PRODUCTS
(Does Not Apply)
PART 3 EXECUTION
(Does Not Apply)
r
End of Section
r
507/98 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
Section 0 1. 110 Page 1
PART l GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 PROPOSED CHANGES
A. When a potential construction change is needed or requested, the Architect will issue a Proposed Change Letter to
the Contractor.
B. The Contractor will be instructed to submit the Contractor's price proposal along with all required supporting
information to the Architect. The submittal shall include separate breakdowns for general contract and
subcontract work.
C. The breakdowns shall show materials by quantities and unit prices, labor by crafts, hours and hourly rates with tax
(if applicable) and insurance mark-ups shown separately. Equipment shall be shown by type, hours and rates.
Overhead and profit shall be shown separately.
D. The Contractor's proposed change quotations will be reviewed by the Architect. Conformance with the Contract
and the proposed change documents, as well as material, labor and equipment quantities and costs, and allowed
mark-up percentages will be verified. Requests for additional time will also be evaluated. In case of differences,
discrepancies, errors, etc., the Architect will request necessary revisions or corrections to the quotation.
E. When a price quotation has been considered acceptable, the Architect will forward information to the Owner.
F. Any work performed by Contractor not authorized by the Owner shall be subject to removal at the Contractor's
expense.
!^ 1.03 AUTHORIZATION FOR CONSTRUCTION TO PROCEED
A. The Owner will notify the Architect whether the change is acceptable and should be implemented.
B. If the change is approved, the Architect will authorize the Contractor to proceed and the Architect will issue a
Change Order. The Change Order may be issued at the Architect's discretion immediately or in conjunction with
several other approved proposed changes if considered appropriate.
End of Section
r
508/98 SUBMITTALS SHOP DRAWINGS PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
Section 01.300 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 GENERAL
A. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of the work so that work will not be
delayed by submittals. Coordinate and sequence different categories of submittals for the same work, and for
' interfacing units of work, so that one will not be delayed for coordination with another. No extension of time will
be allowed because of failure to properly coordinate and sequence submittals.
B. Provide a listing of all shop drawings and submittals to be submitted for this project.
1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. In addition to the requirements of the General Conditions the following applies:
1. Drawings shall be marked with the name of the project and numbered consecutively. Each detail and drawing
shall give reference to appropriate sheet and detail number from contract drawings. Drawings shall be
complete in every respect, bound in sets and accompanied by letter of transmittal listing numbers and dates of
all drawings submitted. Copies will be returned to the Contractor after review.
2. Prior to Architect's review, shop drawings shall be reviewed by the Contractor and shall bear the Contractor's
stamp stating the drawings have been checked for conformance with the Contract Documents, pending the
Architect's review. Any drawings submitted without the Contractor's stamp will not be considered. If shop
drawings show variations from requirements of the Contract because of standard shop practice or other reason,
the Contractor shall make mention of such variation in the letter of transmittal. The Contractor shall not be
relieved of responsibility for executing the work in accordance with the Contract, even though such shop
drawings have been reviewed.
3. The shop drawings shall be prepared by skilled draftsmen and presented in a clear and thorough manner. Any
shop drawings which are not complete or clearly delineated will be promptly rejected.
4. The Contractor shall make corrections in the shop drawings as requested by the Architect and resubmit the
requested number of corrected copies with reasonable promptness.
5. Unless the corrections and changes requested by the Architect are deviations from the Architect's Drawings and
Specifications, any time delay caused by correcting and resubmitting shop drawings shall be the responsibility
of the Contractor.
6. The Architect will retain 3 copies of all architectural shop drawings and 4 copies of all mechanical, electrical,
structural and elevator shop drawings. The Contractor shall submit as many additional copies of the shop
drawings as required for the Contractor's use.
7. Maintain one set of approved shop drawings at the project site for reference by the Architect or others.
1.04 PRODUCT DATA
A. Product date includes standard information on materials, products and systems; not specially prepared for this
project, other than the designation of selections from among available choices printed therein.
508/98 SUBMITTALS, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
Section 01.300 Page 2
B. Collect required data into one submittal for each unit of work or system; and mark each copy to show which --
choices and options are applicable to the project. Include manufacturer's standard printed recommendations for
application and use, compliance with standards, application of labels and seals, notation of field measurements
which have been checked, and special coordination requirements. Maintain one set of product data (for each
submittal) at project site, available for reference by Architect or others.
C. Do not submit product data, or allow its use on the project, until compliance with requirements of Contract
Documents has been confirmed by Contractor. Submittal is for information and record, unless otherwise
indicated.
D. Architect will retain 3 copies of product data. Contractor shall submit as many additional copies of product data as
required for the Contractor's use.
1.05 SAMPLES
A. Contractor shall submit samples requested by Specifications or by Architect in ample time for review prior to
quantity fabrication, or in case of prefabricated items, prior to placing purchase order.
B. Each sample shall have label indicating generic name of item, manufacturer's name and model number, brand
name, supplier's name, subcontractor's name and project for which material is intended.
C. Contractor shall accompany each shipment of samples with transmittal referencing project for which intended, and
list sample data enumerated above for each sample transmitted, and referencing samples to appropriate contract
drawing sheet or to specification section.
I—
D. Approval of any sample will be only for characteristics or for uses named in such approval and for no other.
Approval of a sample shall not be taken to change or modify any contract requirement. When a material has been
approved, no change in brand or make will be permitted.
E. Architect, at his sole discretion, may return certain approved samples for use in the work. These shall be installed
in good condition, suitably marked for identification.
F. Contractor shall submit two copies of color samples in same manner as for material samples. Architect will retain
both copies of color samples.
G. Architect will retain one copy of each material sample submitted.
H. Prepare samples to match the Architect's sample where so indicated.
1.06 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS LIST
A. Provide a complete list of names, addresses, telephone and facsimile numbers of all Subcontractors and Suppliers
employed on the project.
1.07 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS (AS BUILTS)
A. Provide to the Architect a complete set of blueline drawings marked in red with all deviations from the drawings
noted. Including all dimensions, service locations, etc.
. B. At completion of project, deliver record documents to Architect.
508/98 SUBMITTALS SHOP DRAWINGS PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
Section 01.300 Page 3
C. Accompany each submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing the following: date, project title and
number of each record documents, certification in writing that each document, as submitted is complete and
accurate and the signature of the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative.
1.08 COMPLIANCE
A. All equipment, materials, etc. used in the building shall fully comply and be in strict accordance with the released
submittals on file in the Architect's office.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
(Does Not Apply)
PART 3 EXECUTION
(Does Not Apply)
End of Section
507/98 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
Section 01.370 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 GENERAL
A. Prior to the first application for payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an expanded schedule of
values which will define labor and material separately for each significant portion of the work to be performed.
B. Upon request of the Architect, support the values with data which will substantiate their correctness.
C. The Schedule of Values, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used only as the basis for the Contractor's
Applications for Payment.
1.03 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Submit schedule on AIA Document G703. The Contractor's standard forms and automated printout will be
considered for approval by Architect upon the Contractor's request.
B. Schedule shall list the installed value of the component parts of the Work in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for
computing values for progress payments during construction.
C. Follow the table of contents of these Specifications as the format for listing each category of work. Identify each
line item with the number and title of the respective major section of the specifications.
D. For each major line item list sub -values of major products or operations under the item.
E. For items on which progress payments will be requested for stored materials, break down the value into:
1. The cost of the materials, delivered and unloaded, with taxes paid (if applicable).
2. The total installed value.
F. Submit a subschedule of each separate stage of work specified.
G. Submit a subschedule of unit costs for Products specified under a unit cost allowance.
H. The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract Sum.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
(Not applicable)
PART 3 EXECUTION
(Not applicable)
End of Section
507/98 CODES SAFETY AND INSPECTION
7 Section 01.400 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 CODES & ORDINANCES
A. Materials and construction shall conform with applicable requirements of the latest edition of the following
documents:
1. The National Electric Code.
2. Uniform Plumbing Code published by Texas Municipal League Plumbing Code.
3. The Rules and Regulations of the Board of Underwriters Laboratories.
4. Uniform Building Code.
5. Occupational Safety and Health Act.
6. State of Texas Program for the Elimination of Architectural Barriers administered by the Texas Commission of
Licensing and Regulation; Texas Accessibility Standards effective April 1, 1994.
7. The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990.
8. All State, National Codes, Ordinances, Rules and Regulations not specifically mentioned above but which
apply to the proposed construction.
9. In any case of conflict between any of the documents mentioned above, the highest requirements shall govern.
No extras shall be allowed for any changes to make the work conform with the regulations of the
above-mentioned documents; they shall be considered as completely included in the Contract Price. Nothing
in these Drawings and Specifications is to be construed to permit work not conforming to these codes.
10. All codes and ordinances in effect in the city or governing authority having jurisdiction at the project site.
1.03 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
A. Provide and maintain, until no longer required, all necessary safety measures to safeguard against personal injury
and property damage. Give special attention to the following:
1. Provide and maintain solid safety barriers around all openings and other hazardous areas with protective
considerations to blind persons and paraplegics.
2. At all times, maintain pedestrian access and vehicular access, particularly for fire fighting vehicles.
3. Do not allow open flame operations.
4. Equip all power hand tools with ground fault interruption (G.F.I.) protection.
5. Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers and remove from premises daily.
6. Prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions.
7. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances.
8. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti -pollution laws.
9. Do not bum or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site.
10. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains.
11. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways.
1.04 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY
A. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the adequacy of safety precautions during all hours of the
construction duration.
7
507/98 CODES SAFETY AND INSPECTION - -
Section 01.400 Page 2
1.05 FIRE PROTECTION
A. Do not operate bitumen kettles inside the building.
B. Provide metal canisters, with covers, for storage of paint oil or contaminated waste materials.
C. Conduct welding or torch cutting operations only in incombustible areas. Take adequate precautions to prevent
sparks from dropping on combustible materials. Keep a safety man with a fire extinguisher readily available at all
times.
D. Restrict storage of materials inside building to fireproof areas. _
E. Do not store gasoline, oil or other volatile liquids in the building. Bring small quantities into the building only as
needed.
F. In all areas, post signs and enforce no smoking rules.
1.06 PERMITS AND LAWS
A. The Contractor shall arrange for the issuance of permits by the city or governing authority having jurisdiction at
the project site. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, State and Municipal Laws, Codes and Ordinances y -
applicable to the work of this contract. The Contractor shall also comply with all regulations of the National Board
of Fire Underwriters having jurisdiction, and shall obtain and pay for all permits required in connection with the
execution of the work. The Architect shall be furnished with certified copies of these permits if the Architect so
requests. The City of Lubbock shall waive permit fees. _
B. If the above Laws, Codes or Ordinances conflict with the Contract Documents, then the Laws, Codes or
Ordinances shall govern instead of the Documents, except in such cases where the Documents exceed them in --
quality of materials, or labor; then the Documents shall be followed.
1.07 INSPECTORS
A. The Owner and the Architect shall at all times have access to the work whether it is in preparation or progress, and
the Contractor shall provide proper and safe facilities for such access and for inspection.
End of Section
0
507/98 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
Section 01.410 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Testing shall be conducted when the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any
public authority having jurisdiction requires testing.
1.03 TESTING COST
A. The Owner shall bear all costs of all required testing and reporting.
1.04 TESTING LABORATORIES
A. The testing laboratories for each category of testing shall be selected by the Architect.
1.05 CONTRACTOR NOTIFICATION
A. The Contractor shall notify the approved testing laboratory when work is ready for testing.
B. The Contractor shall notify the Architect when testing is to be conducted.
C. The Contractor shall notify the proper authorities when work is ready for testing.
1.06 FAILED TESTS
A. In the event of a test reporting a failure for a specific portion of the work to meet specified requirements, the
appropriate subcontractor for that portion of the work will bear the cost of the testing without reimbursement from
the Owner.
B. If any test sample fails to meet specification requirements:
1. Previous approval many be withdrawn and such material or equipment may be subject to removal and
replacement by Contractor at his expense with material or equipment meeting specification requirements.
2. Architect may refuse consideration of further samples of same brand of make for testing.
3. At Owner's discretion, defective material and equipment may be permitted to remain in place subject to
adjustment of contract price.
1.07 CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATION
A. Neither the observations of the Architect in the Administration of the Contract, nor inspections, tests or approvals
by persons other than the Contractor shall relieve the Contractor from obligations to perform the Work in
accordance with Contract Documents.
1.08 TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
.o• A. The duties, responsibilities and requirements for personnel and equipment of the testing agency should comply
with Articles 3 and 4 of ASTM Designation: E326 -67T.
507/98 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES --
Section 01.410 Page 2
1.09 TEST REPORT COPIES
A. The Testing Laboratory Agency shall supply, as a part of the test costs, copies of all tests, reports and inspections
to the following:
2 Copies Owner
1 Copy Architect --
2 Copies General Contractor
B. The Contractor shall notify the Testing Laboratory Agency of this requirement for all tests.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
(Does Not Apply)
PART 3 EXECUTION
(Does Not Apply)
End of Section
r
9 507/98 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
Section 1.500 Page 1
rR PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
krk 1.02 PROTECTION OF SITE
1,
A. Contractor shall furnish measures for protection of public, workmen and property, including structural
engineering, maintenance and operation of such facilities.
` 1.03 PROSECUTION OF WORK
A. Contractor shall furnish measures for prosecuting work of this project, including, but not limited to, structural
engineering, cranes, hoists, chutes, movement of personnel, materials, equipment, temporary heating, and
operation and maintenance of such facilities.
1.04 SCAFFOLDING, BARRICADES, ENCLOSURES
A. The Contractor shall furnish, erect and maintain for the duration of the work as required, all scaffold, runways,
guard rails, platforms and similar temporary construction as may be necessary for the performance of the Contract.
Such facilities shall be of type and arrangement as is required for their specific use and shall comply with all
applicable laws and regulations of the Occupational Safety and Health Act.
B. The Contractor shall provide, install and maintain for the duration of the work all necessary solid barricades,
warning signs and signals, and shall take all other precautions to safeguard persons, adjoining property, including
improvements thereon, against injuries and damages of every nature whatsoever.
C. Parts and structures and other work in place that are subject to injury because of the operations being carried on
adjacent thereto, shall be covered, boarded up or substantially enclosed with adequate protection.
D. Temporary enclosures, both dust proof and sound treated, shall be provided whenever Owner's existing operation
requires such separation from construction dirt and noise.
1.05 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES
A. Provide guardrails, handrails, and covers for roof and wall openings and for stairways installed or constructed by
the Contractor's forces.
B. If movement of these protective facilities is required to perform work, it will be the responsibility of the
Contractor to replace the said protections in a satisfactory manner.
C. Provide all barricades required to protect all natural resources and site improvements.
1.06 STAIRS, LADDERS, HOISTS, ETC.
., A. Provide temporary stairs, scaffolding and ladders as may be required for the use of all workmen and inspectors.
B. Install and operate such materials hoists as may be necessary to properly and expeditiously perform the work.
507/98 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
Section 1.500 Page 2
1.07 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
A. Scope: Provide complete protection and maintenance of existing trees and shrubs designated to remain within
construction limits.
B. Coordination: Coordinate protection of existing trees with other trades so as to prevent damage to trees.
C. Payment for Damages: If existing trees are destroyed, killed or badly damaged as a result of construction _
operations, Contract sum will be reduced by the amount of assessed damages. Damages will be evaluated by
Director of Grounds Maintenance, using International Shade Tree Conference Standards and following formula:
measurement of a cross section of tree trunk will be made at a point 2 feet above existing grade level to determine
cross section area in square inches. Assessment for damage will be $27.00 per square inch. ='
D. Materials: Tree Protection lumber dimensions shall be 4 x 4 and 2 x 4 sizes.
E. Protection: Protect existing trees and shrubs within construction limits from the following damage:
1. Compaction of root area by equipment, vehicles or material storage
2. Trunk damage by moving equipment, material storage, nailing or bolting
3. Strangling by tying ropes or guy wires to trunks or large branches
4. Poisoning by pouring solvents, gas, paint or other chemicals on or around trees and roots
5. Damage of branches by improper pruning <--
6. Drought from failure to water or by cutting or changing normal drainage pattern past roots
7. Changes of soil pH factor by disposal of lime base materials such as concrete or plaster
8. Do not cut roots 1-1/2" in diameter or over. Excavation and earthwork within drip line of trees shall _
be done by hand.
F. Install barricade protection around trees and shrubs, constructed of 4 x 4 posts and 2 x 4 stringers top and
bottom. Install protection prior to demolition or excavation operations. Leave protection in place until
construction operations are essentially complete.
G. Maintenance:
Water trees and shrubs within construction limits as required to maintain their health during course of
construction operations.
Pruning will be performed by Owner
1.08 YARD REPAIRS
A. Where compaction of the soil has occurred in turf or other plant material areas within the area of construction,
the areas shall be rejuvenated by deep cultivation of the compacted soil. After completion of the construction,
the Contractor shall scarify the construction site within the established construction limits. Scarifying shall be to --
a minimum depth of eight (8) to ten (10) inches except within a thirty foot radius of trees where scarifying shall
be a maximum of six (6) inches in depth. The surface shall be rototilled to a depth of four (4) to six (6) inches,
hand raked to remove any material greater than three-quarter (3/4) inch in diameter, and reshaped to prepare a
suitable seedbed. The contractor shall furnish and install either Bermuda grass sod or Bermuda grass see to the
rejuvenated area, depending on the season. Seeding will be allowed only between May 1 and August 1.
i
507/98 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
Section 1.500 Page 3
B. Bermuda grass sod shall be supplied by a reputable turf grower and placed the same day of cutting by the
supplier. Sod shall be laid solid and thoroughly rolled with a smooth steel roller of sufficient weight to insure a
firm, level surface. If necessary, a top dressing of fine, clean, brick sand shall be applied to effect a smooth even
finish. Finished grade of grass shall be flush with existing walkways. Contractor shall thoroughly water grass
immediately following installation and not less than twice per week until final acceptance.
C. Bermuda grass seed shall be of 98% purity and 95% germination, applied at the rate of two (2) pounds per 1000
square feet. The seedbed shall be cultivated sufficiently to reduce the soil to a state where the soil particles on the
surface are small enough and lie closely enough together to prevent the seed from being covered too deep for
optimum germination. The cross-section previously established shall be maintained throughout the process of
cultivation and any necessary reshaping shall be done prior to any planting of seed. The seed shall be uniformly
distributed over the area. If sowing seed by hand, rather than by mechanical methods, the seed shall be sown in
two directions or right angles to each other. If mechanical equipment is used, the seed shall be applied at the
specified rate. Distributed grass seed shall be covered lightly by hand raking or by dragging with a brush or mat
in tow directions. Firm the seeded area with a light empty roller (30 lb.) or cultipacker. When rolling, soil should
not be pushed by the roller or scuffed when turning. Seeded areas should by kept moist until well established.
Once seeds have begun to germinate they must not be allowed to dry out and die. Avoid saturating the soil light
applications of water should be made several times daily, if necessary, to insure that the surface one-half ('/z) inch
of soils is moist at all times. Finished grade of grass shall be flush with existing walkways.
1.09 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES
A. The Prime Contractors and the Subcontractors shall maintain such office and storage facilities on the site as may
be necessary for the proper conduct of the work. These shall be located so as to cause no interference to any work
to be performed on the site. The Architect/Engineer shall be consulted with regard to locations.
B. Upon completion of the project, or as directed by the Architect/Engineer, the Contractor shall remove all such
temporary structure and facilities from the site and leave the premises in the condition required by the Contract
Documents.
1.10 TELEPHONES
A. Contractor shall provide, maintain, and pay for cellular or mobile telephone service for the Contractor's use, the
Architect/Engineer's use, and the use by all Subcontractors, for the duration of the work.
B. The telephone shall remain with the project superintendent, or the acting project superintendent, at the project site
at all times that work is being performed.
1.11 TOILETS
A. The Contractor shall provide chemical toilet facilities for all workers.
B. The chemical toilet (s) shall be completely enclosed, shall be neat and clean in appearance, and shall be located as
directed by the Architect.
C. The chemical toilet (s) shall be removed from the site promptly at the completion of the work, and the area
cleaned.
1.12 SECURITY
A. Construction period security is the responsibility of the Contractor: however, Owner shall have the right of access
to the construction site.
.w
I
Section 1.500 Paze 4
1.13 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. Temporary Utilities will be available to the Contractor.
1.14 PARKING LOT FOR CONSTRUCTION VEHICLES
A. The Contractor shall maintain parking facilities for construction personnel within the area designated by the
construction limits or any other area on campus designated by the Owner. Employees of the Contractor, his
subcontractors or material suppliers shall park on campus only if space is available.
B. Contractor will be permitted a minimum of two (2) parking spaces, adjacent to the construction site. Nothing in
this requirement is intended to abrogate the Contractor's regulation of employee parking, service vehicles and
construction equipment within the contract limits.
C. All individuals operating a vehicle on property owned and operated by City of Lubbock shall comply with the
Traffic and Parking Regulations for the City.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
(Not Applicable)
PART 3 EXECUTION
(Not Applicable)
End of Section
507/98 MATERIALS
i Section 01.600 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 UNAVAILABILITY OR LATE DELIVERIES
A. Contractor shall order and schedule delivery of materials in time to avoid delays in construction. If an item is
found to be unavailable, Contractor shall notify the Architect immediately to permit mutual selection of suitable
substitute. If Contractor fails to order materials in time to avoid delays in construction, an approved material shall
be substituted at no extra cost to the Owner. Or, at the Architect's discretion, approval of a substitute will be given
upon agreement by the Contractor to remove substituted material at later date agreeable to Owner, and replace it at
Contractor's expense with material originally specified. Approval shall be subject to the same terms as for
"Substitutions".
1.03 MATERIAL TESTING
A. Laboratory tests and inspections specified or required of material and finish articles incorporated in the work shall
be made by bureaus, laboratories or agencies approved by the Architect. Reports will be submitted to the
Architect or distributed as established at the preconstruction conference. Cost of testing and inspections will be
paid for by the Owner unless otherwise specified.
B. Contractor shall furnish promptly, without additional charge, all reasonable facilities, labor and materials
necessary for safe, convenient inspection and tests required by the Architect. Inspection and tests will be
performed in a manner not to delay work unnecessarily. Contractor will be charged with cost of extra inspection
when material or work is not ready at time inspection is required.
C. Test samples as Architect may deem necessary shall be procured from material or equipment delivered for use in
the work. If any test sample fails to meet specification requirements:
1. Previous approval may be withdrawn and such material or equipment may be subject to removal and
replacement by Contractor at his expense with material or equipment meeting specification requirements.
2. Architect may refuse consideration of further samples of same brand of make for testing. In any case, Owner
will pay cost of only one additional test of material for same usage; should second sample of same or like
material also fail test, Contractor shall bear cost of all further testing until Architect's approval is granted.
3. At Owner's discretion, defective material and equipment may be permitted to remain in place subject to
adjustment of contract price.
1.04 SPECIFIED ITEMS/SUBSTITUTIONS
A. In addition to the requirements of the General Conditions, the following applies:
1. Whenever catalog numbers and specified brands or trade names, followed by the designation "or equal" are
t
used in conjunction with a designated material, product, thing or service mentioned in these specifications,
they are used to establish the standards of quality and utility required. Substitutions which are equal in quality
and utility to those specified will be approved, subject to the following provisions: All substitutions must be
approved by the Architect in writing. For this purpose the Contractor shall submit to the Architect within 30
calendar days after recording of the Contract, a typewritten list containing a description of each proposed
*� substitute item or material. Sufficient data, drawings, samples, literature or other detailed information which
r will demonstrate to the Architect that the proposed substitute is equal in quality and utility to the material
i
507/98 MATERIALS
Section 01.600 Page 2
specified shall be appended to this list. The Architect will approve, in writing, such proposed substitutions —
which are, in the Architect's opinion, equal in quality and utility to the items specified. Such approval shall not
relieve the Contractor from complying with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. The
Contractor shall be responsible at the Contractor's own expense for any changes resulting from his proposed
substitutions which affect other parts of the work. _
2. Failure of the Contractor to submit proposed substitutions for approval in the manner described and within the
time prescribed shall be sufficient cause for disapproval by the Architect of any substitutions otherwise
proposed. —
3. Whenever catalog numbers and specified brands or trade names not followed by the designation "or equal" or
used in conjunction with a designated material, product, thing or service mentioned in these Specifications, no
substitutions will be approved.
1.05 MATERIALS/SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions of materials other than those specifically called for shall be submitted to the Architect for review.
1.06 ITEMS SPECIFIED BY TRADE NAME
A. Reference to items specified by trade name is made as a basis of quality and function. Equivalent items may be
used instead, however, the right of determining such quality shall remain with the Owner's Representative. The
terms "similar to", "approved", or "or equivalent" or similar phrases shall be interpreted similarly.
1.07 LABELS
A. Manufacturer's or trade names together with model or serial designations, grade markings, fire ratings, etc. will be —"
permitted and are required on certain components of the work. These items shall be placed in concealed, but
accessible locations, and absolutely no labels advertising any manufacturer or trade name will be permitted on
exposed portions of components without written authorization from the Architect.
1.08 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS
A. All manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, secured, used, —
cleaned and put in operation as recommended, directed or specified by the manufacturer.
B. Where work is specified to be in accordance with product manufacturer's directions, the Contractor shall procure
such information in sufficient quantities to supply all involved parties.
End of Section
r
507/98 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
7 Section 01.700 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 FINAL CLEANING
A. In addition to the requirements of the General Conditions, the following shall apply:
1. Final cleaning shall include all sweeping, dusting, vacuuming, dry and wet mopping, polishing, buffmg and
other operations necessary, including supplies and equipment required. Final cleaning includes the removal
of all temporary tape, wrappings, coatings, labels and similar items.
2. Surfaces, recesses, enclosures, etc. shall be cleaned as necessary to leave the Work in a condition ready for
immediate occupancy by the Owner.
3. Hose down and scrub all new and existing concrete and asphalt paving and walks affected by the Work.
4. All debris shall become the property of the Contractor and disposed of offsite unless otherwise specified.
5. The Contractor shall promptly remove from the building, lot, sidewalks and streets all rubbish and dirt
resulting from the Work performed under the Contract. At the completion of the Work, the Contractor shall
completely clean the areas in which work has been done, including areas used for access to the construction
area. The Contractor shall clean all items, including glass, and leave the building room clean and ready for
occupancy. Construction debris shall be removed from the site.
1.03 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. The following related requirements are specified elsewhere:
1. General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions.
2. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
3. Operations and Maintenance Data.
B. Maintenance of Documents
1. The Contractor shall maintain at the jobsite one copy of the Contract Drawings, Written Specifications,
Addenda, Reviewed Shop Drawings, Change Orders, Other Modifications to the Contract and Field Test
Reports.
2. The Contractor shall store the documents in a temporary field office, apart from the other documents used for
construction.
3. The Contractor shall provide necessary files and racks for the storage of the documents.
4. The Contractor shall not use the record documents for construction purposes.
5. The Contractor shall make the record documents available at all times for inspection by the Architect and the
Owner.
C. Recording
1. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD".
2. Keep record documents current. Update record documents a minimum of once every two weeks.
3. Do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded.
4. Contract Drawings: Legibly mark to record actual construction:
a. Location of internal utilities concealed in construction referenced to visible and accessible features of
structures, if significantly different than that shown on the Drawings.
E
507/98 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Section 01.700 Page 2
b. Field changes of dimensions and details.
c. Changes made by Change Order or Field Order.
d. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
5. Specifications and Addenda: Legibly mark each section to record:
a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number of each product and item of equipment actually installed.
b. Changes made by Change Order or Field Order.
c. Other items or procedures not originally specified.
D. As Built Drawings
1. Upon completion of construction, the Contractor shall provide the Architect with a clean, complete set of
prints showing all deviations from, additions to 'or changes in the Contract Drawings. The Contractor shall
be responsible for the daily notation on this set showing all changes made each day. Architectural changes
shall be noted as well as structural, mechanical and electrical changes.
E. Equipment Manuals
The Contractor shall provide the Architect with all directions, diagrams, operating manuals, parts lists, etc. as
specified in the various sections.
1.04 FINAL INSPECTION
A. Prior to Final Payment
The Contractor shall provide maintenance information and operation instructions for equipment and systems
provided.
B. Operation Manuals and Equipment Data
1. Prepare operating and maintenance instructions for equipment particularly mechanical and electrical, that
will require adjustment, servicing or attention for its proper operation. Provide following data bound in a
neat brochure:
a. Approved fixture brochures, wiring diagrams and control diagrams
b. Repair parts lists of major equipment items including names, addresses and telephone numbers of local
suppliers
c. Valve tag charts and diagrams
d. List of products incorporated in the Work, referenced to Specification Section, if other than the
product specified.
C. Approval
Submit two copies of instructions to Architect for review and approval, one copy of which shall be returned
to the Contractor approved or with instructions for changes. After approval, submit two copies of
instructions covering equipment to Architect, who will forward them to the Owner for the Owner's
information and use.
D. Operation Manual Service Index
1. As an Appendix to the manual, provide a listing of names, addresses and telephone numbers of companies
servicing installed equipment on a 24 hour basis.
t
507/98 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
i Section 01.700 Page 3
E. Operation Instruction
After submission of above mentioned written instructions, the Contractor shall furnish competent operation
engineer or engineers at such time or times as directed by the Architect to meet with the Owner to fully
explain the instructions and to demonstrate and full familiarize the Owner with the installed equipment and
phases of its operation and maintenance. The amount of time to be devoted to instructions shall be
reasonable and consistent with the size of the installation and its complexity. Instructions shall be adequate
to the extent that the Owner's personnel may proceed with normal operations in a safe and efficient manner.
F. Submittal requirements for Construction Contract Final Payment (Three Sets Required)
1. Certificate of Substantial Completion (AIA Form G704)
2. Request for Final Payment
3. Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment
4. Change Order if required (attach supporting material and change letters).
5. Affidavit that all bills have been paid and Release of Lien.
6. Letter from General Contractor certifying all Substantial Completion Punchlist items have been satisfied;
attach a copy of the punchlist.
7. Copies of all Addenda and Negotiated Changes
8. Mechanical, Electrical and Controls Submittals Literature
9. Mechanical, Electrical and Controls Maintenance, Operating and Parts Manuals
10. All Warranties, Guarantees and Bonds.
11. As Built prints marked by the General Contractor.
End of Section
19
{~ 507/98 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
I Section 01.730 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 GENERAL
A. Compile Manufacturer's Directions and Manuals, Product Data and related information appropriate for Owner's
maintenance and operation of products furnished under the contract.
1. Furnish operating and maintenance data as specified in other pertinent sections of Specifications.
B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment and systems.
1.03 FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel.
B. Provide indexed tabs fly -leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment. Provide typed
description of product and major component parts of equipment.
C. Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS".
D. Bind in Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers.
E. When multiple binders are used, correlate the date into related consistent groupings.
1.04 CONTENT OF MANUAL
A. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in a systematic order.
1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume.
3. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents.
4. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of-
a.
fa. Subcontractor or Installer.
b. Maintenance Contractor, as appropriate.
c. Identify the area of responsibility of each.
d. Local source of supply for parts and replacements.
B. Product Data: Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. Annotate each sheet to:
1. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed.
2. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation.
3. Delete references to inapplicable information.
C. Drawings: Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate relations of component parts
of equipment and systems, and control and flow diagrams.
507/98 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Section 01.730 Page 2
1. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed
installation.
2. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
D. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation.
1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.
E. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give:
1. Proper procedures in the event of failure.
2. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds.
1.05 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. Submit two copies of complete manual in final form.
B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes:
1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products.
2. Instructions for care and maintenance.
1.06 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. Submit two copies of complete manual in final form.
B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:
1. Description of unit and component parts.
2. Operating procedures.
3. Maintenance Procedures.
4. Servicing and lubrication schedule
5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. «-
7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance.
8. As -installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer.
9. Each Contractor's coordination drawings. _
10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve.
11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices and recommended quantities to be
maintained in storage.
12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications.
C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate:
1. Description of system and component parts.
2. Circuit directories of panelboards.
3. As -installed color coded wiring diagrams.
4. Operating procedures.
5. Maintenance procedures.
6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
r
507/98 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Section 01.730 Page 3
End of Section
7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices and recommended quantities to be
maintained in storage.
S. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications.
rD.
Prepare and include additional date when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of Owner's
personnel.
E.
Additional requirements for operating and maintenance date: The respective sections of Specifications.
1.07
SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
fifteen days to final inspection
A.
Submit one copy of completed data in final form prior or acceptance.
1. Copy will be returned after final inspection or acceptance, with comments.
B.
Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form 10 days after final inspection or acceptance.
1.08
INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL
A.
Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in
the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems.
B.
Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of instruction.
C.
Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance.
End of Section
r
507/98 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
rSection 01.740 Page 1
PART GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General Requirements
(Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Assemble warranties, bonds and services and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers,
suppliers and subcontractors.
B. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. Submit to Architect for review and transmittal to
Owner.
1.03 TIME OF SUBMITTALS
A. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during progress of construction submit within 10 days
after inspection and acceptance.
B. Otherwise make submittals within ten days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final request for payment.
C. For items of work, where acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated
submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period.
1.04 WRITTEN GUARANTEE
A. In addition to the requirements of the Construction Contract and warranties required by individual specification sections,
the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a Written Guarantee, prior to release of final payment, for the Work, materials
and equipment for a one year period starting on the Date of Substantial Completion. Wording for the guarantee shall be
as shown in paragraph "B" below.
B. Guarantees shall be written on the Contractor's letterhead using the following format:
"Guarantee for
We hereby guarantee that the which we have installed in the (insert project name) has been
installed in strict accordance with the Drawings and Specifications and the work as installed will fulfill the requirements
of the Guarantee included in the Specifications. We agree to repair or replace any or all of our work, together with any
other adjacent work which may be damaged or displaced by so doing, that may prove to be defective in its workmanship
or material within a period of (insert guarantee period) year(s) from the Date of Substantial Completion of the above
mentioned structure, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect expected.
In the event of our failure to comply with the above mentioned conditions within a reasonable time, which in no case
shall be longer than twenty (20) days after being notified in writing by (insert owner), we collectively or separately, do
hereby authorize the (insert owner) to proceed to have said defects repaired and made good at our expense, and we will
honor and pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand.
Signed
rr-
Subcontractor and/or Supplier
End of Section
Countersigned
Prime Contractor
r
501/98 POURED GYPSUM ROOF DECK
Section 03.5 10 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions and
General Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The extent of poured gypsum roof deck is to be determined by tear off of existing built-up roof membrane and
inspection of existing gypsum roof deck. The Contractor shall notify the Architect if the existing gypsum roof
deck is found to be structurally unsound.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Moisture and Thermal Protection - Division 7.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with the provision of the following standards, except as otherwise indicated.
1. ANSI A 59.1 "Reinforced Gypsum Concrete".
2. ASTM C 317 "Standard Specification for Gypsum Concrete".
3. ASTM C 956 "Installation of Cast -In -Place Reinforced Gypsum Concrete".
B. Product Data: For information only, submit 2 copies of manufacturer's specifications with application and
installation instructions for reinforcements and gypsum concrete.
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Cold Weather Placement: Do not mix or place gypsum concrete during weather when the temperature or
project exposure will freeze the concrete before chemical set has taken place.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Cross Tees: 24 gauge minimum sheet metal or hot rolled steel tees, shop painted or galvanized.
B. Gypsum Formboards: ASTM C 318, 1/2" thick with surface treated specifically to resist fungus growth.
C. Reinforcing Mesh: Woven wire fabric conforming to ASTM A 82, galvanized, with 19 gauge wires woven to
form 2" hexagonal mesh with 16 gauge wires woven longitudinally at 3" intervals across the width, or
equivalent mesh with an effective cross-sectional area of not less than 0.026 sq. in. per ft. of width.
D. Gypsum Concrete: Pyrofill mill - formulated, composed of calcined gypsum and aggregates complying with
ASTM C 31 and ANSI A59.1 standards.
1. Provide Class "A" gypsum concrete (500 psi compressive strength) with not more than 12 1/2% weight of
approved aggregate.
v
E. Expansion Joint Filler: Type Recommended by gypsum mill mixture manufacturer.
i
507/98 POURED GYPSUM ROOF DECK
Section 03.510 Page 2
F. Minimum Thicknesses: Follow criteria of ANSI C 956 for determining minimum gypsum concrete thickness,
except that there shall be not less than 1/2" of gypsum concrete over the top of subpurlins.
G. Mix Gypsum Concrete in accordance with mill mixture manufacturer's recommendations for the type of
placement (hand or hose) operation employed. Do not exceed the amounts of water as determined by design
mix criteria, unless otherwise acceptable to the Architect.
1. Keep all mixing and placement equipment clean and free of hardened lumps of gypsum concrete. --
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Installer must examine the areas and conditions under which poured gypsum decking is to be installed and notify
the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not
proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a matter acceptable to the Installer.
3.02 FORMBOARD SYSTEM _
A. Cross Tees: Locate over existing subpurlins or framing members to provide support for formboard ends, as
required.
B. Formboards: size to fit snugly at edges and cut to fit accurately at walls, curbs, and openings, as required.
Install with long sides of boards supported on flanges of subpurlins or joists and ends supported on framing
members or cross tees.
C. Caulk (scratch in) joints with gypsum concrete to prevent leakage during placing of main gypsum concrete deck.
Do not install more formboards in one day than will have gypsum concrete placed over them during that day. _
3.03 GYPSUM CONCRETE:
A. Reinforcement: Lay wire reinforcing over tops of subpurlins. Lap ends of welded fabric not less than 6" and
4" for woven mesh. Do not lap sides of reinforcement. Cut to fit at walls, curbs, projections and openings.
B. Expansion Joints: Provide where required, with joints placed between junctures of roof slabs with parapet walls
and other roof projections.
C. Conveying: Provide adequate equipment and personnel to ensure a uniform, continuous flow of gypsum
concrete- at the point of delivery, without segregation and loss of material.
D. Placing and Finishing: Do not interrupt placement of gypsum concrete until the entire panel or section is
completed. Place material in one layer, using techniques so as to minimize deflection of formboard.
1. Immediately after placement, screed and level to the required thickness and trowel to smooth, even plane.
Use care to prevent spattering of supporting structure and walls, staining underside of formboards, and to
minimize impact of formboards.
2. After main decking is in place, construct cants and other built-up surfaces as required.
E. Ventilation: Provide adequate underside ventilation and heat, if necessary, after placement of gypsum concrete
to insure complete drying of the decking.
F. Cleaning and Repair: After deck has set and before roof application, scrape rough areas smooth, patch uneven
areas with fresh gypsum concrete slurry and trowel patches smooth.
507/98 POURED GYPSUM ROOF DECK
Section 03.510 Page 3
1. Replace work that is damaged beyond repair as directed by Architect.
2. Promptly clean spatter from exposed walls and supporting structures before it sets. Clean soiled exposed
formboard. Remove and replace damaged exposed boards.
3. Remove all debris and unused materials resulting from the work of this section from the site.
End of Section
r
F507/98 UNIT MASONRY WORK
Section 04.200 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The extent of each type of unit masonry work is shown on the Drawings and specified herein.
B. The work under this section includes the providing and installing of all unit masonry work, complete with ties,
anchors, reinforcing and all incidentals necessary to satisfactorily complete the work.
C. The work under this section includes the providing for installation of materials specified under other sections of
the work which are to be built into the work of this section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls and arises do not exceed 1/4" in 10', or
3/8" in a story height not to exceed 20', nor 1/2" in 40' or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control
joints and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4" in any story or 20' maximum, nor 1/2" in 40' or more.
B. Variation from Level: For lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves and other conspicuous lines,
do not exceed 1/4" in any bay or 20' maximum, nor 3/4" in 40' or more.
C. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan and related portion of columns, walls and
partitions, do not exceed 1/2" in any bay or 20' maximum, nor 3/4" in 40' or more.
D. Variation of Linear Cross -Sectional Dimensions: For columns and thickness of walls, from dimensions shown, do
f" not exceed minus 1/4" nor plus 1/2".
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MASONRY UNITS, GENERAL
A. Obtain masonry units from one manufacturer when possible, of uniform texture and color for each kind required,
for each continuous area and visually related area.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
1. Manufacturer's standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16" long x 8" high (15-5/8" x
7-5/8" actual), unless otherwise indicated.
2. Special Shapes: Provide where required for lintels, corners, jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding and
other special conditions.
f" 3. Hollow Loading -Bearing CMU: ASTM C 90-75, Grade "N".
4. Weight: Provide lightweight units using aggregate complying with ASTM C 331 producing dry net unit
weight of not more than 105 lbs. per cu. ft., unless otherwise indicated.
5. Curing: Cure units in a moisture -controlled atmosphere or in an autoclave at normal pressure and temperature
to comply with ASTM C 90-75, Type I.
f"`
507/98 UNIT MASONRY WORK
Section 04.200 Page 2
a. Limit moisture absorption during delivery and until time of installation to the maximum percentage
specified for Type I units for the average annual relative humidity as reported by the U.S. Weather Bureau
Station nearest the project site.
B. MORTAR MATERIALS
1. Conform to latest editions of ASTM.
2. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1, one sack 94# net, considered one cubic foot. --
3. Masonry Cement: ASTM C91 furnished in sacks containing one cubic foot each, marked with the weight.
One sack considered one cubic foot. Masonry cement shall be manufactured by Atlas, Lehigh, Lonestar,
Trinity or an approved equal.
4. Sand: (Fine Aggregate) 80# damp, considered one cubic foot ASTM C144 of acceptable color graded within
the following limits:
SIEVE NO.
PERCENT OF SAND RETAINED
Max. (By Weight) Min.
4
0 0
8
5 0 -
16
40 0
30
65 30
50
85 65
100
98 85
5. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oil acids, soluble salts and organic impurities.
A1W41RV1;"-1
1. Mortar shall be type "S". _
2. Do not lower the freezing point of mortar by use of admixtures or antifreeze agents.
3. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.
D. MASONRY HORIZONTAL REINFORCING
1. Continuous wire reinforcing and ties for masonry:
a. Provide truss -type welded wire units prefabricated in straight lengths of not less than 10' with matching
comer and tee units. Fabricate from cold -drawn steel wire complying with ASTM A 82, with deformed
continuous side rods and plain cross -rods, and a unit width of 1-1/2" to 2" less than thickness of wall or
partition.
2. Provide units fabricated as follows:
a. Truss type fabricated with single pair of 9 ga. side rods and 9 ga. continuous diagonal cross -rods spaced not
more than 8" o.c.
b. Hot -dip galvanize after fabrication with 1.5 oz. zinc coating, ASTM A 153, Class B2.
c. For multi-wythed or cavity exterior walls with concrete masonry back-up fabricate units with additional
side rods spaced for embedment in inside face of back-up wythe.
E. ANCHORS AND TIES
1. Provide straps, bars, bolts and rods fabricated from not less than 16 ga. sheet metal or 3/8" diameter rod stock,
unless otherwise indicated.
2. For devices which extend into exterior wythe, fabricate from steel with hot -dip galvanized coating, ASTM A
153, Class B1, B2, or B3.
F. MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES
r
! 507/98 UNIT MASONRY WORK
! Section 04.200 Page 3
1. Reinforcing Bars: Deformed steel, ASTM A 615, Grade 60 of the sizes shown.
2. Metal Expansion Joint Strips: Provide the following formed to the shape shown.
a. Bond Breaker Strips: 15-1b. asphalt roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, or 15-1b., coal -tar roofing
felt complying with ASTM D 227.
b. Premolded Control Joint Strips: Solid rubber strips with a Shore A durometer hardness of 60 to 80,
designed to fit standard sash block and maintain lateral stability in masonry wall, size and configuration as
indicated.
PART 3 EXECUTION
r 3.01 PRECAUTIONS
1 A. Do not lay masonry in freezing weather unless suitable means are provided to heat materials, protect work from
r" cold and frost and ensure that mortar will harden without freezing. No anti -freeze ingredient shall be used.
k
B. Protect masonry materials during storage and construction from wetting by rain, snow or ground water and from
soilage or intermixture with earth or other materials.
C. Do not use metal reinforcing having loose rust or other coatings, including ice, which will reduce or destroy bond.
D. Protect partially completed masonry against weather, when work is not in progress, by covering top of walls with
strong, waterproof, non -staining membrane. Extend membrane at least 2' down both sides of walls and hold
securely in place.
E. Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. For masonry which is to be wetted,
comply with BIA recommendations.
F. Remove and replace masonry work damaged by frost or freezing.
G. Do not apply uniform roof loading for at least 12 hours after building masonry walls or columns.
H. Do not apply concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns.
1. Prevent grout or mortar from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Remove immediately
grout or mortar in contact with such masonry.
J. Protect sills, ledges and projections from droppings of mortar.
il 3.02 COLD WEATHER PROTECTION
A. Remove any ice or snow formed on masonry bed by carefully applying heat until top surface is dry to the touch.
B. Remove all masonry determined to be frozen or damaged by freezing conditions.
C. Perform the following construction procedures while the work is progressing:
i
1. When air temperature is from 40 deg. F (4 deg. C) to 32 deg. F (0 deg. C), heat sand or mixing water to
produce mortar temperature between 40 deg. F (4 deg. C) and 120 deg. F (49 deg. Q.
2. When air temperature is from 32 deg. F (0 deg. C) to 25 deg. F (4 deg. C), heat sand or water to produce
mortar temperature between 40 deg. F (4 deg. C) and 120 deg. F (49 deg. C); maintain temperature of mortar
Con boards above freezing.
i
507/98 UNIT MASONRY WORK
Section 04.200 Page 4
3. When air temperature is from 25 deg. F (4 deg. C) to 20 deg. F (-7 deg. C), heat sand and mixing water to
produce mortar temperatures between 40 deg. F (4 deg. C) and 120 deg'. F (49 deg. C); maintain temperature
of mortar on boards above freezing; use salamanders or other heat sources on both sides of walls under
construction; use wind breaks when wind is in excess of 15 mph.
4. When air temperature is 20 deg. F (-7 deg. C) and below, heat sand and mixing water to produce mortar
temperatures between 40 deg. F (4 deg. C) and 120 deg. F (49 deg. C); provide enclosures and auxiliary heat
to maintain air temperature above 32 deg. F (0 deg. C); do not lay units which have a surface temperature of
20 deg. F (-7 deg. Q.
D. Perform the following protections for completed masonry and masonry not being worked on:
1. When the mean daily air temperature is from 40 deg. F (4 deg. C) to 32 deg. F (0 deg. C), protect masonry
from rain or snow for at least 24 hours by covering with weather -resistive membrane. When mean daily
temperature is from 32 deg. F (0 deg. C) to 25 deg. F (4 deg. G), completely cover masonry with weather -
resistive membrane for at least 24 hours.
2. When mean daily air temperature is 20 deg. F (-7 deg. C), completely cover masonry with insulting blankets or
similar protection for at least 24 hours.
3. When mean daily air temperature is 20 deg. F (-7 deg. C) and below, maintain masonry temperature above 32 --
deg. F (0 deg. C) for 24 hours using enclosures and supplementary heat, electric heating blankets, infrared
lamps, or other acceptable methods.
3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Thickness: Build masonry construction to the full thickness shown, except, build single-wythe walls (if any) to the
actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of nominal thickness shown or specified.
B. Build chases and recesses as shown and as required for the work of other trades. Provide not less than 8" of
masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings, and between adjacent chases and recesses. _
C. Cut masonry units with motor -driven saw designed to cut masonry with clean sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as -
required to provide pattern shown and to fit adjoining work neatly. Use full units without cutting wherever
possible.
D. Do not wet concrete masonry units.
E. Pattern Bond: Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe bonded by lapping not less than 2". Bond and
interlock each course of each wythe at comers, unless otherwise shown.
F. Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns, with uniform widths and to properly locate
openings, movement -type joints, returns and offsets. Avoid the use of less -than -half size units at comers, jambs
and wherever possible at other locations.
G. Lay-up walls plumb and true and with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work.
H. Stopping and Resuming Work: Rack back 2 -masonry unit length in each course; no not tooth. Clean exposed --
surfaces of set masonry, wet units lightly (if specified to be wetted), and remove loose masonry units and mortar
prior to laying fresh masonry.
Built -In Work: As the work progresses, building items specified under this and other sections of these
Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items.
1. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath in the
joint below and rod mortar or grout into core.
r
1 507/98 UNIT MASONRY WORK
i Section 04.200 Page 5
C3.04 MORTAR BEDDING JOINTING
A. Measure and batch materials either by volume or weight, such that the required proportions for mortar can be
raccurately controlled and maintained. Measurement of sand exclusively by shovel will not be permitted.
l
B. Mix mortars with the maximum amount of water consistent with workability to provide maximum tensile bond
strength within the capacity of the mortar.
C. Mix mortar ingredients for a minimum of 5 minutes in a mechanical batch mixer. Use eater clean and free of
deleterious materials which would impair the work. Do not use mortar which has begun to set, or if more than
2-1/2 hours has elapsed since initial mixing. Retemper mortar during 2-1/2 hr. period as required to restore
workability.
r D. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed, head and collar joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill
head joints and shove into place. Do not slush head joints.
E. Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells; also bed webs
into mortar in starting course on footings and foundation walls and in all courses of piers, columns and plasters,
and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be reinforced or to be filled with concrete or grout.
F. Joints: Maintain joint widths shown, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. If not
otherwise indicated, lay walls with 3/8" joints. Cut joints flush for masonry walls which are to be concealed or to
be covered by other materials. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where shown.
Exposed joints at face brick shall be tooled slightly concave.
G. Remove masonry units disturbed after laying; clean and relay in fresh mortar. Do not pound comers at jambs to
fit stretcher units which have been set in position. If adjustments are required, remove units, clean off mortar, and
reset in fresh mortar.
c.
3.05 HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCING
A. Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcing as shown and specified. Fully embed longitudinal side rods in
mortar for their entire length with a minimum cover of 5/8" on exterior side of walls and 2" at other locations.
Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6" at ends of units. Do not bridge control and expansion joints with reinforcing,
as otherwise indicated. Provide continuity at comers and wall intersections by use of prefabricated "L" and "T"
sections. Cut and bend units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, pipe enclosures and
other special conditions.
B. Space continuous horizontal reinforcing as follows:
1. For multi-wythe walls where continuous horizontal reinforcing also acts as structural bond or tie between
wythes, space reinforcing as required by code but not less than 8" o.c. vertically.
2. For single-wythe walls, space reinforcing at 8" o.c. vertically, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Reinforce masonry openings greater than 1"-0" wide, with horizontal joint reinforcing placed in 2 horizontal joints
approximately 8" apart, both immediately above the lintel and below the sill. Extend reinforcing a minimum of
2"-0" beyond jambs of the opening, bridging control joints where provided.
3.06 ANCHORING MASONRY WORK
•• A. Provide anchoring devices of the type shown and specified. If not shown or specified, provide standard type for
facing and back-up involved.
507/98 UNIT MASONRY WORK
Section 04.200 Page 6
B. Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces such members to comply with the following:
1. Provide an open space not less than 1" in width between masonry and structural member, unless otherwise
shown. Keep open space free of mortar or other rigid materials.
2. Anchor masonry to structural members with metal ties embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure.
Provide anchors with flexible tie sections, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Space anchors as shown, but not more than 16" o.c. horizontally.
3.07 TUCKPOINTING
A. To reduce subsequent shrinkage in tuckpointed joints, the material shall be mixed with just enough water to make a
damp mixture. This semidry mixture shall be left untouched for 1 to 2 hours, after which it shall be remixed and
water added to obtain proper workability.
3.08 REPAIR, POINTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken, stained or otherwise damaged, or if units do
not match adjoining units as intended. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in fresh mortar or
grout, pointed, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.
B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with
mortar. Point -up all joints at corners, openings and adjacent work to provide a neat, uniform appearance, properly
prepared for application of caulking or sealant compounds.
C. Clean exposed unit masonry by dry brushing at the end of each day's work and after final pointing to remove
mortar spots and droppings. On completion of all masonry work, fill all holes and imperfections or defects and
leave joints completely filled and neatly pointed with all mortar droppings removed. Use mild acid for cleaning
agent only if approved by Architect, otherwise use stiff fiber brushes and clean water. _
End of Section
r
507/98 METAL FABRICATIONS
Section 05.500 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
l A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The extent of miscellaneous metal work is shown on the Drawings and includes items fabricated from metal
shapes, plates, angles, tube and pipe which are not a part of other metal systems in other sections of these
specifications.
B. Provide all labor, material, equipment and services necessary for the furnishing and installing of miscellaneous
fabricated metal items as shown on the Drawings and specified herein.
C. The work of this section includes the fabrication of roof curbs, equipment curb extensions and expansion joint
curbs as indicated and detailed on the Drawings. Equipment curb extensions include, but are not necessarily
limited to, curbs associated with automatic fire vents, exhaust fans, skylights and roof hatches. All equipment
curb extension work shall be performed by the Mechanical Subcontractor.
D. The work of this section includes the fabrication of steel plates for the repair of existing roof openings.
E. The work of this section includes the removal and repair of existing rusted or damaged metal roof deck. If this
work is required, the additional compensation payable to the Contractor will be as agreed to by the Owner prior
to the Architect's authorization of the work.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication. Assume responsibility for
accuracy of such dimensions and for proper fitting and assembly of work.
B. Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble
units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Assemble with as few joints as possible. Clearly
mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.
C. All welding shall be done in strict accordance with the American Welding Society's "Code for Welding in
Building Construction" (AWS D1.0), latest edition.
D. Drill, cut, punch and tap metal items as required for anchoring and accommodating work of other trades.
Reinforce where required. Design and fabricate so that items will not be distorted or fasteners overstressed due
to expansion and construction.
E. The American Institute of Steel Construction's "Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of
Structural Steel for Buildings" and "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges", latest editions,
and hereby included by reference, and are a part of the Specifications for this division of work to the same
extent as if written out in full and bound herewith, insofar as they are applicable and not in conflict with these
Specifications.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
507/98 METAL FABRICATIONS —
Section 05.500 Page 2
A. Submit manufacturer's specifications, anchor details and installation instructions for products to be used in the —
fabrication of miscellaneous metal work, including paint products. Indicate by transmittal that copy of
instructions has been distributed to Installer.
B. Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of miscellaneous metal assemblies. Include plans, elevations,
details, sections and connections. Show anchorages and accessory items.
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which will be exposed to view, use only
materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled
trade names and roughness.
B. Structural Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A36.
C. All galvanizing shall be hot dipped galvanizing, ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 386.
D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; type as selected; Grade A; black finish unless galvanizing is required; standard weight
(Schedule 40), unless otherwise shown or specified.
E. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Manufacturer's or Fabricator's standard, fast -curing, lead-free, "Universal"
primer; selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, for compatibility with finish paint systems
indicated, and for capability to provide a sound foundation for field -applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure; —
complying with performance requirements for FS TT -P-645.
F. Provide all necessary bolts, angles, clips, hangers, screws and other items required for a complete and —
satisfactory assembly and installation.
G. Concrete Expansion Anchors: Sleeve type anchors meeting Federal Specifications FF -S-325, Group II, Type 3, _
Class 3 or Wedge Type anchors meeting Federal Specifications FF -S-325, Group II, Type 4, Class 1.
H. Headed Stud Type Shear Connectors: ASTM A108, Grade 1015 or 1020, cold finished carbon. steel, with
dimensions complying with AISC specifications.
I. Metal Roof Deck shall be a minimum 22 gauge narrow rib deck matching existing, complying with ASTM A
611, Grade C.
2.02 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Use materials of size and thickness shown, or if not shown, of required size and thickness to produce strength
and durability in finished product. Work to dimensions shown or accepted on shop drawings, using proven
details of fabrication and support. Use type of materials shown or specified for various components of work.
B. Form exposed work true to line and level accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Ease exposed
edges to a radius of approximately 1/32" unless otherwise shown. Form bent -metal comers to smallest radius
possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.
C. Weld comers and seams continuously, complying with AWS recommendations. Grind exposed .welds smooth
and flush, to match and blend with adjoining surfaces.
r
507/98 METAL FABRICATIONS
C Section 05.500 Page 3
D. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible.
Use exposed fasteners of type shown, or if not shown, phillips flat -head (countersunk) screws or bolts.
C E. Provide for anchorage of type shown, coordinated with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring
devices as shown and as required to provide adequate support for intended use.
F. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as required to receive finish hardware and similar items.
G. Shop paint miscellaneous metal work.
H. Remove scale, rust and other deleterious materials before applying shop coat. Clean off heavy rust and loose
mill scale in accordance with SSPC SP -2 "Hand Tool Cleaning: or SSPC SP -3 "Power Tool Cleaning;, or SSPC
SP -7 "Brush -Off Blast Cleaning."
f.
I. Remove oil, grease and similar contaminants in accordance with SSPS SP -1 "Solvent Cleaning."
J. Immediately after surface preparation, brush or spray on primer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,
and at rate to provide uniform dry film thickness of 2.0 mils for each coat. Use painting methods which will
result in full coverage of joints, comers, edges and exposed surfaces.
K. Apply one shop coat to fabricated metal items, except apply 2 coats of paint to surfaces inaccessible after
assembly or erection.
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS
A. Provide miscellaneous steel framing and supports which are not a part of other sections of the work.
B. Fabricate miscellaneous units to sizes, shapes and profiles shown or, if not shown, of required dimensions to
receive adjacent other work to be retained by framing. Except as otherwise shown, fabricate from structural
steel shapes and plates and steel bars, of welded construction using mitered corners, welded brackets and splice
plates and minimum joints for field connection. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware and similar items.
2.04 EQUIPMENT CURB EXTENSIONS
A. Equipment curb extensions shall be fabricated and furnished complete with all required metal work, continuous
rigid insulation and wood blocking.
1. Rigid insulation shall be equivalent to Fiber Glass Roof Insulation by Schuller.
2. Wood blocking shall be exterior treated in accordance with the requirements of Specifications section
06.100 Carpentry Work.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal items to in-place
construction; including threaded fasteners, toggle bolts, through -bolts, screws and other connectors required or
as detailed.
B. Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation of miscellaneous metal items. Set work accurately
in location alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and
levels.
r
507/98 METAL FABRICATIONS --
Section 05.500 Page 4
C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld connections which are not to be —
left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind joints smooth and
touch-up shop paint coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot -dip
galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections.
D. Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds
made, and methods used in correcting welding work.
E. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint
exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry
film thickness of 2.0 mils. Do not paint stainless steel bolts, nuts or washers. _
3.02 EQUIPMENT CURB EXTENSION
A. All curb extensions shall be fabricated at a height to provide a minimum of 8 inches vertical flashing surface
above the finished roofing.
B. All curb extensions shall be fabricated to provide an appropriate and continuous substrate for the mounting,
attachment and flashing of the specific equipment to be installed on the curb.
C. All curb extensions shall be securely attached to the existing curbs with stainless steel fasteners. All existing
wood blocking on existing curbs shall be removed prior to the installation of the equipment curb extensions.
3.03 METAL ROOF DECK
A. Nest replacement panels of metal roof deck over existing decking at support points.
B. Lock side laps between adjacent deck units at intervals not exceeding 36 inches in center by using #12-14 --
TEKS/1 self -drilling screws.
3.04 TOUCH-UP PAINTING
A. After metal roof decking installation, wire brush, clean and paint scarred areas, welds and rust spots on the top
and bottom surfaces of decking units and supporting steel members. Paint shall be Sop Primer for Ferrous
Metal. One coat is required.
B. Touch-up shop painted surfaces with the same paint used in the shop, as recommmeded by the deck
manufacturer.
3.05 CLEANING
A. All debris and unused materials resulting from the work of this section shall be removed from the site as the —
work progresses.
End of Section
r
507/98 ALUMINUM WALL LADDERS
Section 05.515 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Furnish and install aluminum wall ladders as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein.
1.03 DELIVERY AND HANDLING
A. Deliver in protective packaging to prevent damage to ladders. Store as directed by the manufacturer.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's product data for ladders and all required components necessary for a complete and
satisfactory installation.
B. Submit shop drawings detailing the complete ladder system, including anchorages.
C. Submit data ensuring the ladder system will meet or exceed all applicable OSHA and ANSI standards.
1.05 WARRANTY
A. Submit manufacturer's warranty against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year from the
Date of Substantial Completion.
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 LADDER SYSTEM
A. Ladder systems shall be equivalent to Series 560 Fixed Aluminum Wall Ladders with Return to Rear of Parapet
with Crossover Platform engineered and manufactured by Alaco Ladder Company of Chino, CA.
B. Ladder systems shall be sized and located as shown on the Drawings. Two complete ladder systems are required.
C. Ladder system shall consist of all components required for a complete and satisfactory installation, including
meeting all applicable requirements of OSHA and ANSI.
D. Anchors shall be stainless steel, in types, sizes and spacing as required by the ladder manufacturer for the
conditions encountered.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Installation of aluminum wall ladders shall be in strict conformance with the manufacturer's written instructions
and recommendations.
507/98 ALUMINUM WALL LADDERS
Section 05.515 Page 2
3.02 CLEANING
A. All debris, unused materials and tools shall be removed from the site at the completion of the work of this
section.
B. The ladder shall be cleaned prior to final acceptance by the Owner.
End of Section
507/98 CARPENTRY WORK
F Section 06.100 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Carpentry work includes carpentry not specified as a part of other sections of these Specifications and which
generally is not exposed to view unless otherwise Detailed or Scheduled. Work under this section includes:
1. Wood Nailers and Blocking.
2. Removal and replacement of deteriorated wood nailers, wood blocking, wood plank roof decking or other
deteriorated wood construction uncovered as hidden conditions during the course of construction and not
specifically identified on the Drawings to be removed and replaced. Additional compensation shall be paid
to the Contractor for this work as agreed to by the Owner and authorized by the Architect.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Lumber standards shall comply with PS 20 and with the applicable rules of the respective grading and inspecting
agencies for species and products indicated.
B. Factory mark each piece of lumber and plywood with type, grade, mill and grading agency, except omit
i marking from surfaces to receive transparent finish, and submit mill certificate that materials have been
i inspected and graded in accordance with grading standardsif it cannot be marked on a concealed surface.
C. Keep materials dry during delivery, storage and handling. Store lumber and plywood in stacks with provision
for air circulation. Protect bottom of stacks against contact with damp surfaces. Protect exposed materials from
weather.
D. Coordinate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds and similar supports so that attached work will comply
with design requirements.
E. Shop -fabricate carpentry work to the extent feasible and where shop fabrication will result in better
workmanship than feasible for on-site fabrication.
F. Treat lumber as specified.
G. Fit carpentry work to other work. Scribe and cope as required for accurate fit.
H. Time delivery and installation of carpentry work to avoid delaying other trades whose work is dependent on or
affected by the carpentry work and to comply with protection and storage requirements.
I. Keep carpentry materials dry during delivery. Store lumber and plywood in stacks with provision for air
circulation within stacks. Protect bottom of stacks against contact with damp or wet surfaces. Protect exposed
materials against weather.
J. Do not store dressed or treated lumber outdoors.
K. Store materials for which a maximum moisture content is specified, only in areas where relative humidity has
been reduced to a level where specified moisture content can be maintained with a tolerance of plus or minus
1%.
7
507/98 CARPENTRY WORK _
Section 06.100 Page 2
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Western Wood Products Association, "Grading Rules for Western Lumber".
B. I Southern Pine Inspection Bureau, "Standard Grading rules for Southern Pine Lumber".
C. Product Standard of NSB, "Product Standard P3-166 for Softwood Plywood/Construction' and Industrial".
D. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) "Quality Standards".
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit chemical treatment manufacturer's instructions for proper use of each type of treated material. Indicate
by transmittal form that copy of each instruction has been distributed to the Installer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 DIMENSION LUMBER
A. Provide lumber complying with lumber producer's inspection agency grading rules certified as conforming to
the "National Grading Rules for Dimension Lumber" by the Board of Review of the American Lumber
Standards Committee (ALSC). Dress dimensional lumber S4S unless otherwise indicated.
2.02 FRAMING
A. Nailers and Blocking shall be No. 2 Douglas Fir -Larch or No. 1, KD, Southern Yellow Pine, 19% maximum
moisture content.
2.03 FASTENERS AND ANCHORAGES
A. Provide size, type, materials and finish for each application, complying with the following:
1. Bolts or power activated type for anchorage to steel.
2. Nails and Staples: FS FF -N-105.
3. Tacks: FS FF -N-103.
4. Wood Screws: FS FF -S-111.
5. Bolts and Studs: FS FF -B-575.
6. Nuts: FS FF -N-836.
7. Washers: FS FF -W-92.
8. Lag Screws or Lag Bolts: FS FF -B-561.
9. Expansion Shields, Expansion Nails and Drive Screw Devices: FS FF -S-325.
10. Toggle Bolts: FS FF -B-588.
11. Bar or Strap Anchors: ASTM A 575 carbon steel bars.
2.04 WOOD PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT
A. Treat wood, including lumber and plywood, shown or scheduled as "Exterior Treated" or specified herein to be
treated, to comply with the applicable requirements of the American Wood Preservers Institute (AWPI).
B. Pressure treat the following items with water -borne preservatives for above ground use, complying with AWPI-
LP-22:
r
F 507/98 CARPENTRY WORK
Section 06.100 Page 3
1. Nailers, blocking, stripping, wood plank decking, and similar members in connection with roofmg and
flashing systems.
2. Kiln -dry wood to a maximum moisture content of 15% after treatment with water -borne preservatives.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Installer must examine all parts of the supporting structure and the conditions under which the carpentry work is
to be installed, and notify the Contractor in writing of any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely
completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected
in a manner acceptable to the installer.
B. A moisture seal or barrier shall be placed under or around wood members which bear on or are embedded in
concrete or masonry. Seal shall be asphalt mastic, or other approved type.
C. Provide wood grounds and blocking of size and shape required for roofing work. Install true to line, level
plumb, and well secured in place.
3.02 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Contractor shall perform such work in his line as is usually required for plumbing, heating, electrical or other
mechanics. The Contractor shall also furnish, of required sizes and forms, all furring as otherwise shown or
specified, rough brackets, forms, etc., as required to properly carry out the intent of the work as shown by
Drawings and Specifications.
3.03 TEMPORARY CLOSURES
A. Protect all door openings, and other openings except windows when so required, with temporary partitions and
batten doors, where conditions require.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Any work damaged through neglect of above causes or by any other means shall be replaced by the Contractor
without additional cost to the Owner.
End of Section
r
r
507/98 ROOFING DEMOLITION
Section 07.000 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The work of this section consists of the furnishing of all equipment, tools and facilities, and performing all labor
and services necessary for the demolition work required in connection with this project.
B. The work of this section includes the water testing of all roof drains and scuppers.
C. The work of this section includes the cutting out and removal of the existing aggregate -topped built-up roofing
and rigid insulation down to the existing structural concrete roof deck, metal roof deck or gypsum roof deck.
D. Demolition work includes the cutting out and removal of base flashings, penetration flashings, edge metal,
flanged metal flashings, cants, wood blocking, walkway pads, protection sheets, non-functional penetrations,
non-functional curbs, metal trim, counterflashings, and other related items required for the satisfactory
installation of the new rigid perlite insulation or lightweight insulating concrete, roofing and flashing systems.
E. The work of this section includes the mopping of one layer of weatherseal ply over the existing concrete roof
deck to provide a temporary weatherseal.
F. The work of this section includes the removal and disposal of asbestos containing roofing materials (ACRM).
G. The work of this section includes the removal and patching of deteriorated poured gypsum roof deck.
H. The work of this section includes the removal and patching of deteriorated metal roof deck in accordance with
section 05.500 METAL FABRICATIONS.
1.03 SALVAGED ITEMS
A. Items to be salvaged and reinstalled include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following: roof drains and
strainers, flood lights, skylights and exhaust fans.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The roofing demolition work shall be performed by a single firm specializing in the types of roofing required so
that there will be undivided responsibility for the specified performance of all component parts specified in
sections 07.000, 07.212, 07.220, 07.520, 07.600 and 07.920.
B. All work shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and
recommendations for the indicated conditions.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
i A. Submit a minimum of eight (8) copies of the following documents relating to the removal, handling, and
disposal of Asbestos Containing Roofing Materials. Each copy shall be bound into a set containing all the
required documents with a coversheet identifying the submittal, the project name, Owner's project number, the
Contractor's name and the date of the submittal. The submittal shall be prepared by the Contractor's Competent
Person. The Competent Person shall either be an employee of the Contractor or a Subcontractor for the
i
507/98 ROOFING DEMOLITION --
Section 07.000 Page 2
Contractor. The submittal shall be tailored to the Category and Class of ACRM to be removed on this project
as it relates to the training requirements of the Competent Person and the requirement for a negative exposure
assessment, and shall contain:
1. Identification of the Competent Person(s) for,this project, including certification of required training
from an EPA accredited or state licensed Contractor/Supervisor course. If the Competent Person is
also licensed in Texas as a licensed asbestos supervisor, submit a copy of the license from the Texas
Department of Health.
2. Specific work practices for the removal, handling, and disposal of ACRM for this project.
3. Specific Asbestos Transportation Plan for this project, including identification of the final destination
landfill, method of transportation, the proposed transporter, a copy of the transporter's insurance coverage, —
state licensing, and the transporter's emergency response plan.
4. Specific Asbestos Disposal Plan. The Disposal Plan shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the
following: The name of the proposed disposal site, the requirements for the acceptance of the ACRM by —
the disposal site, the insurance carrier for the disposal site, and the name of the landfill operator.
5. Listing of each on- site worker's full name and social security number that has received the required
asbestos training.
6. Signed statement by each on- site worker that they have received the required the asbestos
training. Each statement shall include the worker's typed full name and social security
number.
7. The Contractor's Competent Person shall prepare and submit a negative exposure assessment for the
project. Should the Contractor choose, the Contractor can utilize the information collected by the Owner's
personnel for similar work activities into the negative exposure assessment. The negative exposure
assessment shall contain at least the following information; any historical air monitoring results collected
by the Contractor during the removal of similar materials on other projects, relevant air monitoring data
provided to the Contractor by the Owner, a condition assessment of the asbestos containing materials to be
disturbed, results of bulk samples collected from suspected asbestos containing material, and work
practices to be utilized to reduce the potential for an air borne asbestos fiber release. —
8. Copies of all required letters of asbestos project notification from the Contractor to other Contractors
and/or Subcontractors on site.
9. If required, a copy of the Environmental Protection Agency National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air
Pollutants (NESHAP) notification to the Texas Department of Health (TDH).
10. Copies of the Daily site log.
11. Copy of the TDH Physicians Written Opinion form (July 1996 Revised From) covering asbestos for each
employee.
12. If required, copies of respirator fit tests for each employee.
13. If required, plan outlining used personnel protection equipment for those employees in the removal of
asbestos. —
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01' MATERIALS
A. Weatherseal ply shall be equivalent to TAMKO VERSA -BASE.
B. Counterflashing ply shall be equivalent to TAMKO AWAPLAN HEAT WELDING.
C. Mopping asphalt shall be Type III, listed in Table I, ASTM D 312-84.
D. Concrete primer shall be equivalent to TAMKO TAM -PRO Asphalt Primer.
E. Provide all other materials required to provide a watertight temporary covering over the existing structural
concrete roof deck, roof edges, and penetrations prior to the placement of the lightweight insulating concrete
roof deck and roofmg system.
r
507/98
F
ROOFING DEMOLITION
Section 07.000 Page 3
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 WATER TESTING OF EXISTING DRAINS
A. Prior to the start of the work, the Contractor shall water test all existing roof drains flowing to concealed
piping at all roof areas to ensure their proper functioning.
B. Any roof drains which are found to be partially or totally plugged shall be reported to the Architect. All
plugged drains will be unplugged by others under a separate contract.
C. All roof drains which become partially or totally plugged after the start of the work shall be completely
unplugged by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Prior to commencing removal of debris, provide a dumpster or dump truck to be located adjacent to the building
in a location(s) where directed by the Owner's Representative.
B. At the beginning of each workday, securely plug all roof drains and scuppers within the area of work for that
day. Plugs shall be removed at end of each workday or before arrival of inclement weather.
C. Schedule work to avoid use of newly installed roofing system for storage, walking surface or movement of
equipment or materials. Move equipment and ground storage areas as work progresses to avoid transport over
newly installed roofing systems.
3.03 PROTECTION OF EXISTING WORK
A. Adjacent existing work to remain shall be protected from damage. Work damaged by the Contractor shall be
repaired to match the original condition at no additional expense to the Owner.
3.04 MISCELLANEOUS PENETRATIONS
A. All existing items penetrating the roof deck which are identified on the Drawings to be abandoned (such as
electrical service) shall be cut off at deck level, sealed and patched to provide an acceptable substrate for the
application of the lightweight insulating concrete deck.
3.05 WEATHERSEAL PLY
(! A. All areas of demolition shall be weathersealed with one layer of weatherseal ply applied in a full mopping of hot
asphalt.
B. The weatherseal ply shall be applied the same day as the demolition is performed, so that no roof areas are left
r unprotected overnight.
j C. Special attention shall be paid to applying counterflashing ply at penetrations and roof edges to ensure their
E watertightness.
3.06 ASBESTOS CONTAINING ROOFING MATERIALS (ACRM)
A. The following existing materials have been sampled and tested and have been found to contain asbestos. The
ACRM is non -friable in its present state.
1. Membrane base flashings and membrane penetration flashings.
2. Mastic patching material.
{
507/98 ROOFING DEMOLITION
Section 07.000 Page 4
3.07 REQUIREMENTS FOR REMOVAL OF ASPHALT BASED ACRM
A. The removal of asbestos containing roofing materials (ACRM) shall be conducted in strict accordance with
applicable federal, state and local government regulations as well any additional requirements of the City of
Lubbock. For those situations for which there is determined to be overlapping regulatory responsibility, the
provision determined to be the most stringent regarding employee health and safety shall be utilized.
B. Currently, the removal of ACRM at the City of Lubbock is regulated primarily by the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA) in 29 CFR 1926.1101, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in the
National Emissions Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP), the EPA Worker Protection Rule, and
the Texas Department of Health (TDH). Depending on the condition and friability of the ACRM, additional
regulatory authority could be applicable. Regulatory authority for disposal of friable ACRM is exercised by the
Texas Natural Resource and Conservation Commission (TNRCC), the EPA, and TDH. The transportation of
friable ACRM is under the authority of the United States Department of Transportation (USDOT), the Texas
Department of Transportation, TDH, and the Texas Department of Public Safety. Specific requirements shall
be followed by the Roofing Contractor and when removing the following types of ACRM: (1) built-up roofs,
(2) roofing cements, (3) roofing mastics, (4) roof coatings and (5) roof flashings. The requirements for each of
these various ACRM may vary depending on the amount removed, the location and the condition.
C. Current federal and state regulations have different requirements based on the condition, friability and type of
the ACRM to be removed or disturbed. The following required engineering controls, work practices, and
administrative responsibilities have been prepared based on the regulatory classifications.
1. Removal of OSHA Intact (Non -friable) Incidental ACRM and Less Than 25 Square Feet of Built-up
Roofing (BUR) with Manual Methods.
2. ACRM determined by OSHA to be Intact Incidental ACRM are classified by EPA as Category I or
Category II Non -friable asbestos containing materials (ACM). Provided these materials are not made
friable (non -intact) during the removal, the removal would not be regulated under the EPA NESHAP or
EPA Worker Protection Rule.
3. Specific requirements for the removal of OSHA Intact (non -friable) incidental ACRM and less than 25
square feet of BUR with manual methods are as follows:
a. The Roofing Contractor shall have his/her competent person(s) conduct a survey of the ACRM to be
disturbed as part of the proposed scope of work to verify the assessment of the City of Lubbock's
personnel. The Contractor's competent person(s) may rely on the sample results in the City of
Lubbock's assessment or the Contractor may choose to collect additional samples. The Contractor is
responsible for any damage to the roofing membrane as a result of his/her destructive sampling.
b. The Contractor shall ensure the employees involved in the roof removal are properly trained. While
the training for this classification of ACRM does not have a specific time limit, the following areas
must be included in the roofing workers' course:
i. Identification and recognition of asbestos containing materials.
ii. Potential health effects, including the relationship between cigarette smoking and asbestos
exposure.
iii. Sources for smoking cessation information.
iv. Review of the OSHA asbestos standard for the construction industry.
V. Differences between intact (non -friable) and non -intact incidental ACRM.
vi. Appropriate work practices involving the removal, clean up and disposal of intact
incidental ACRM.
c. In addition, the Contractor' competent person(s) shall have the following additional training
requirements.
i. Methods of determining the presence of ACRM.
ii. Understanding and interpreting both air monitoring data and a negative exposure
assessment.
iii. Notification requirements for employees, for other Contractors, and for the building
owner.
r
F507/98 ROOFING DEMOLITION
Section 07.000 Page 5
d. The Contractor shall ensure the intact (non -friable) ACRM is not made non -intact (friable)
during the removal action. Manual methods which do not render the ACRM non -intact (friable)
include the use of a spud, spade, slicing tools, such as axes, mattocks, pry bars, spud bars, crow
PW bars, flat blade knives and utility knives, to slice, cut, strip -off, shear -under, or pry up the
ACRM.
e. The Contractor shall ensure the intact incidental ACRM is lightly misted with water at the point
of cut during the removal action to reduce the potential for an asbestos fiber release. However,
the Contractor's competent person(s) may submit a written request to the project manager
requesting an exemption from the wetting requirement. The written request shall be based on
the competent person's opinion that the wetting of the ACRM is not required due to the type of
intact incidental ACRM to be removed, or the wetting could pose a substantial risk of injury to
the roofing worker.
f. Asbestos containing roofing material, that has been removed from the roof surface, shall not be
dropped or thrown to the ground. It shall be carried to the ground by hand or lowered to the
ground by means of a covered dust -tight chute. All ACRM shall be removed from the roof not
later than the end of the work shift.
g. The Contractor shall be responsible for security of the ACRM at the end of the work shift. The
Contractor shall provide a secured, lined dumpster for on site storage of the ACRM only, or the
ACRM and non-ACRM combined, until the completion of the removal activity or until the
dumpster is full. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining the security of the dumpster
until it is removed from the project site.
h. No asbestos containing materials shall be used for replacement materials on the City of Lubbock
roofing projects. The only exception would be in the event an asbestos -free substitute material
is not available for a specialized use. In the event this occurs, the Contractor shall submit a
request to the City of Lubbock's project manager or department director for justification to
utilize a particular asbestos containing project. If the project manager/department director
agrees with the proposed use of the specialized ACM, the Contractor's request and a written
concurrence from the project manager or department director shall be forwarded to EH&S for
additional review. If the use of the specialized ACM is allowed, the Contractor shall provide in
the project closeout documents, an engineer's drawing or acceptable facsimile showing the
location of the ACRM, the MSDS for the ACRM, and copies of the approval letters for the use
of the ACRM.
4. Removal of Category I Non -friable (Intact) Asbestos Containing BUR and Roofing Shingles from a surface
area of 25 Fe or Greater Using Manual or Mechanical methods.
a. The Roofing Contractor shall have his/her competent person(s) conduct a survey of the ACRM to be
disturbed as part of the proposed scope of work to verify the assessment of the City of Lubbock's
personnel. The Contractor's competent person may rely on the sample results in the City of Lubbock's
assessment or the Contractor may choose to collect additional samples. The Contractor is responsible
for any damage to the roofing membrane as a result of his/her destructive sampling. As part of the
survey, the Contractor's competent person shall include a negative exposure assessment. A copy of the
written report will be provided to the project manager or department director for review prior to the
initiation of the removal activities.
b. The negative exposure assessment prepared by the Contractor's competent person(s) shall include
objective data either collected by the Contractor on previous projects or from the National Roofing
Contractors Association database for projects of a type similar to the proposed scope of work. The
negative exposure assessment shall contain a description of proposed work practices strictly adhering to
those outlined for Class II removal of ACRM as outlined in 1926.1101 and a condition assessment
regarding the ACRM's non -friability (intactness).
c. Failure of the Contractor to prepare and provide a negative exposure assessment will require the
Contractor to conduct the ACRM removal in strict adherence to all requirements for Class II removal.
These requirements include, but are not necessarily limited to, personal air sampling, use of respiratory
protection, and the use of all other required personal protective equipment.
d. The Contractor shall be responsible for notification_ of other contractors and subcontractors with
employees working in the location where the ACRM will be removed. A copy of such notification
r
507/98 ROOFING DEMOLITION --
Section 07.000 Page 6
shall be provided to the project manager and/or department director. All employers of employees --
exposed or potentially exposed to asbestos hazards shall comply with applicable protective provisions to
protect their employees. The General Contractor shall exercise overall supervisory authority of the
work and shall ascertain whether the Asbestos Contractor is in compliance with the standard. _
e. If the amount of BUR containing asbestos to be removed using a powered (rotating blade) or similar
equipment roof cutter is greater than 5,580 ft.2 , the project is classified by EPA as a NESHAP
project. If the removal of the ACRM is conducted as part of a demolition, notification of the
demolition project is required.
f. Project notification shall be given to the TDH by certified mail or priority mail. The notification must
be reviewed by the City of Lubbock, the project manager, and/or the departmental director prior to
submission to TDH. Corrections to the notification form will be the responsibility of the Contractor.
Under no circumstances will a notification form be submitted to the TDH without the written approval
from the project manager. Copies of the approved notification form shall be provided to EMS and the
project manager and/or the departmental director. NESHAP notifications have a mandatory 10
working day wait prior to project initiation.
g. The use of a powered roof cutter (rotating blade) or similar equipment requires special engineering and
work practice controls. The powered roof cutter (rotating blade) shall be equipped with a blade guard
that completely encloses the blade, extends close to the roof, and a continuously water misting device
inside the blade guard. Proper work practices used with a powered roof cutter (rotating blade) or
similar equipment will vary depending on the roof type.
h. On aggregate surfaced roofs, the dust and debris along the cut line of the powered roof cutter (rotating
blade) or similar equipment shall be immediately collected by use of a HEPA filter equipped wet -dry
vacuum or other NESHAP approved HEPA filter equipped collection device. The large pieces of
ACRM debris generated by the cutting action shall also be removed. On smooth, non -aggregate
surfaced roofs, the gently sweeping up of the wet debris and wet wiping can be done rather than HEPA
vacuuming.
i. In the event the dust and debris generated by the powered roof cutter (rotating blade) or similar
equipment cannot be collected immediately after the cut has been made, the Contractor shall ensure the --
dust and debris is lightly misted with water and remains in a wet state until the debris can be removed.
Failure to maintain the dust and debris in a wet state, may result in contamination of all the intact
(non -friable) ACRM on the roof surface.
j. The Roofing Contractor shall ensure the friable (non -intact) ACRM collected by the HEPA vacuum or
HEPA equipped collection devise, and the large pieces generated from the powered roof cutter (rotating
blade) or similar equipment that were too large for vacuuming, are segregated from the remaining non -
friable (intact) ACRM.
k. Following the removal of the friable ACRM dust and debris from the cut line area, a light coating of an
encapsulating material shall be applied to the edges of the cut line to minimize the potential of a fiber
release in the event the cutting action has rendered the edges friable. This will minimize the potential
for total contamination of the remaining non -friable (intact) ACRM.
1. The friable (non -intact) ACRM that has been collected from the cut line shall be placed directly into
impermeable containers for disposal. Caution shall be exercised by the Contractor's employees during
the transfer of the friable (non -intact) ACRM from the HEPA vacuum or HEPA collection system to
the impermeable disposal containers. The friable (non -intact) ACRM is classified by NESHAP as
regulated asbestos containing material (RACM). All containers of friable (non -intact) ACRM shall be
labeled with the USDOT warning labels, the OSHA warning labels, and the required EPA generator
labels. The City of Lubbock generator labels used by the Contractor and the proposed manner of
attachment shall be approved by the project manager or department director following a review by
EH&S.
in. Friable (non -intact) nor non -friable (intact) ACRM that has been removed from the roof shall not be
thrown to the ground. The non -friable (intact) ACRM shall be maintained in a wet state, bagged, or
wrapped in plastic sheeting until it can be removed from the roof. The non -friable (intact) ACRM shall
be lowered to the ground by hand or by a dust tight covered chute, crane, or hoist. Friable (non -intact)
ACRM and non -friable (intact) ACRM shall be removed from the roof by the end of the shift.
I 507/98
ROOFING DEMOLITION
Section 07.000 Page 7
n. The friable (non -intact) and non -friable (intact) ACRM shall be transferred to separate secured
receptacles. The receptacles shall be lined with two layers of plastic sheeting. Separate receptacles are
not required if all of the ACRM will be disposed of as friable RACM. OSHA labels shall be attached
to the receptacles, and the Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring the security of the receptacles.
o. The use of a high-speed abrasive disk saw is prohibited by OSHA unless the unit is equipped with a
point of cut ventilation system. Dry removal of friable RACM or non -friable RACM that will become
friable as a result of the removal is prohibited. Therefore, permission for dry removal must be
obtained in writing from the regional EPA office for use of a high-speed abrasive disk saw equipped
with a point of cut ventilation system.
�..
p. Roof level heating and ventilation air intake sources shall be isolated, or the facility ventilation system
shall be shutdown. The Contractor's competent person(s) shall be responsible for coordination of the
HVAC air intake shutdown or isolation. An accurate time line for HVAC shutdown or isolation shall
be provided to the project manager or department director with sufficient advance notice so that the
building occupants can be informed of any disruption to the normal air handler schedules. Isolation of
the air handler intake can be performed by implementation of one or more of the following procedures:
i. Installation of HEPA filters on the air intake.
ii. Use of HVAC intake extensions to direct the intake of air away from the source of the
fiber emission sources.
iii. Covering of the HVAC intake with a plastic sheet and, if necessary, shutdown of the make
up air system.
iv. The establishment of a minimum 20 -foot buffer zone between the HVAC intake and the
E
E
source of the fiber emission for the purpose of isolation of the intake. The establishment
and approval of the minimum 20 -foot buffer zone shall be based on factors such as wind
speed, wind direction, and method of ACRM removal. The establishment and approval of
the buffer zone shall be by the Contractor's competent person(s).
q. The Contractor shall establish a regulated area. Warning signs posted at points of access to the roof are
sufficient to meet the demarcation requirement. Warning or barrier tape is not required for
demarcation of the regulated area. The Contractor is responsible for ensuring access to the regulated
area is limited to authorized personnel. The Contractor shall set up procedures to control access into
and out of the regulated area. As part of these procedures, the Contractor shall compile a daily log of
i-"
all personnel on site, including employees and authorized visitors to ensure the work site is restricted.
The daily log shall be maintained on site and shall be accessible to the project manager. The daily log
shall include all employees and visitors regulated area. The required information shall include printed
name, social security number, time on and off the site, and signature.
r. The Contractor shall ensure his/her employees are properly trained. The training requirements for the
ACRM removal workers are as follows:
i. The training provided to the employees shall be presented in a manner that the employee can
�.,
understand.
ii. The training shall include methods of recognizing asbestos.
iii. The employee shall be provided with information regarding the health effects associated with
asbestos exposure.
iv. The employee shall be informed of the relationship between asbestos and smoking as causative
agents for lung cancer. The employee shall be provided with names, addresses and telephone
numbers of public health agencies that are sources for information, programs, and/or materials
concerning smoking cessation.
V. The employee shall be instructed in the proper use, fitting, purpose and limitations of
respirators.
C
vi. The training shall provide the employee with the content of the asbestos standard, including
appendices.
vii. The employee shall be informed of the requirements for employer establishment of a medical
surveillance program.
viii. The employee's training shall cover the appropriate work practices for removal of ACRM. The
employee shall be informed of the nature of those operations that could result in exposure to
asbestos, importance of utilizing necessary controls, including engineering controls, work
507/98 ROOFING DEMOLITION
Section 07.000 Page 8
practices, housekeeping procedures, use of personal protective equipment, emergency
procedures and waste disposal procedures.
ix. Employees shall be informed of the requirements for posting signs and attaching labels, and the
meaning of the required legends. _
X. The employee training course for employees only involved in the removal of ACRM shall be at
least eight hours in duration.
xi. The required training and necessary materials for this training shall be provided to the employee
by the employer without cost to the employee. The training shall be repeated for each
employee annually.
s. The Contractor shall ensure his/her employees are properly trained. The training requirements for the
competent person(s) shall include all aspects of asbestos removal and handling. The training shall be
provided at no cost to the employee. In addition to the contents of the OSHA Asbestos Standard for
the Construction Industry, instruction regarding the EPA NESHAP shall also be provided on projects
subject to the NESHAP standard. The training required for the competent person(s) can be obtained _
at an EPA accredited asbestos contractors/supervisors course. The length of time for this course is 40
hours. The competent person(s) training shall be repeated on an annual basis.
t. Prior to the start of the removal activities, the Contractor shall provide a list of all employees who
have been trained in accordance with the requirements of 1926.1101. The list of trained personnel and
proof of training shall be provided to the project manager prior to initiation of the ACRM removal.
u. The Contractor shall set up a comprehensive medical surveillance program for all employees engaged
in Class II asbestos removal work. The medical surveillance program shall be provided to all
employees with a combined total of 30 or more days per year who are engaged in Class II work.
Employees exposed above the PEL shall be placed directly into the medical surveillance plan.
Employees that wear negative pressure respirators shall also be incorporated into the medical
surveillance program. The medical surveillance program shall contain, but not necessarily be limited
to, the following sections:
i. The employee shall provide information to the physician regarding medical and work history,
and shall complete a medical questionnaire. --
ii. The physician shall perform a hands-on physical examination with primary emphasis on the
pulmonary and gastrointestinal systems.
iii. The employer shall provide the following information to the physician.
aa. Copy of the standard and appendices.
bb. Description of job duties.
CC. Description of all PPE used by the employee, including respirators.
dd. All available information from previous medical examinations.
iv. The physician shall provide the following information to the employer.
aa. Any employee medical problems which would place the employee at increased risk as a
result of asbestos exposure or as a result of the working conditions associated with the —
employee's assigned job duties. The working conditions would include any additional
risk to the employee that might result from the use of the required PPE.
bb. A statement that the employee has been informed of the results of the medical
examination and any medical conditions or limitations that might occur as a result of the
employee's exposure to asbestos.
CC. A statement that the employee has been informed of the increased risk of lung cancer as a
result of the combination of smoking and asbestos exposure.
dd. The physician shall not provide any information to the employer regarding any specific
findings or conditions that are unrelated to the occupational exposure to asbestos or the
working conditions associated with the occupational exposure to asbestos.
vi. The employer must provide a copy of the physician's written opinion to the employee within 30
days.
vii. The Contractor is required to maintain records associated with the Class II removal of the
ACRM BUR regardless of the method of removal. The following records and time periods
must be maintained by the Contractor:
r
507/98 ROOFING DEMOLITION
Section 07.000 Page 9
aa. Each employee enrolled in a medical surveillance program shall have an accurate medical
record maintained by the employer. The medical records shall be maintained for a period
of 30 years.
bb. The employer shall maintain all employee training records for competent persons and
ACRM removal workers for a period of 1 year past the employee's last date of
employment for that employer.
cc. All objective data used by the Contractor to establish a negative exposure assessment,
including air sampling data from prior ACRM projects conducted by the Contractor, air
monitoring data or information prepared by industry associations, air monitoring data or
information provided by other sources, such as governmental agencies, air monitoring
data or information provided by manufacturers of various ACRM products, bulk sample
and condition assessment reports of ACRM prepared by the Contractor, the Contractor's
representatives, or other sources for a given project, and any other information relied on
by the Contractor shall be maintained for a period of 30 years.
dd. Copies of all this material that is relevant to a given project at the City of Lubbock
Municipal Building shall be provided to the project manager. Copies of information
...
regarding the formulation of the negative exposure assessment shall be provided prior to
initiation of the project. Copies of the employee training records for those employees
utilized during the project shall be provided prior to the project. The Contractor shall
provide copies of training records for new employees prior to their use of the work site.
Copies of laboratory reports on any samples collected by the Contractor shall be provided
as soon as possible during the scope of the project. Provision of the required
documentation will be required as part of the Contract Specifications.
"'
S. Disposal Requirements for Friable (Non -intact) ACRM
a. Friable (non -intact) ACRM shall be disposed of under those regulations promulgated by TDH,
TNRCC and EPA which are applicable to RACM. Disposal shall be in a Class 1 landfill that is
,,,,
certified to accept friable RACK Approval for the selected Class 1 landfill must be obtained
from the project manager and landfill personnel prior to disposal of the RACM. The contractor
i
•
shall submit a disposal plan which contains but is not limited to: landfill requirements, contact
person, name of landfill, applicable insurance requirements, landfill permit number, landfill
location, and phone numbers of landfill
b. A written waste manifest shall be prepared prior to the transportation and disposal of any friable
(non -intact) ACRM. The waste manifest shall be prepared by EH&S personnel. Information
r
required for completion of the waste manifest shall be provided by the Contractor. The EH&S
C
hazardous waste specialist shall be notified a minimum of two working days prior to the waste
shipment date to allow sufficient time for the preparation of the manifest.
C. The Contractor may elect to request small amounts (<35 Cu. Ft. total) friable (non -intact)
r
ACRM removed from the work site by the City of Lubbock personnel. Arrangements for
removal and disposal of friable (non -intact) ACRM shall be made through the project manager
prior to the initiation of the ACRM removal. Material shall be properly bagged and labeled
prior to removal by the City of Lubbock personnel. Manifesting of the RACM for
transportation and disposal would . then be the responsibility of the City of Lubbock. The
Contractor's would be responsible for the disposal.
6. Disposal requirements for Non -friable (Intact) ACRM
a. Non -friable (intact) ACRM shall be disposed of under those regulations promulgated by TDH,
TNRCC, and EPA which are applicable to non -friable (intact) ACRM. Disposal of the non -
friable (intact) ACRM shall be in a Class 1 landfill which will accept this type of ACM. The
r
Contractor shall provide the project manager with the name, location, and contact person for the
" ..
landfill in which the non -friable (intact) ACRM will be deposited. The Contractor is responsible
for ensuring all requirements of the landfill are followed. The Contractor shall submit a disposal
j
plan which contains but is not limited to: landfill requirements, contact person, name of landfill,
1
applicable insurance requirements, landfill permit number, landfill location, and phone numbers
of landfill.
507/98 ROOFING DEMOLITION
Section 07.000 Page 10
b. A written waste manifest may be required by the respective landfill for disposal of non -friable -
(intact) ACRM. If so, the written waste manifest shall be prepared prior to the transportation
and disposal of any non -friable (intact) ACRM.. The waste manifest shall be prepared by EH&S
personnel. Information required for completion of the waste manifest shall be provided by the _
Contractor. The EH&S hazardous waste specialist shall be notified a minimum of two working
days prior to the waste shipment date to allow sufficient time for the preparation of the manifest.
7. Transportation of Friable (Non -intact) ACRM
a. The transportation of friable (non -intact) ACRM shall be subject to all regulations promulgated
by, but not limited to, .TDH, OSHA, EPA, USDOT, Texas Department of Transportation,
Texas Department of Public Safety and TNRCC. The Contractor shall ensure all applicable
regulations for the transportation of RACM are followed. The Contractor shall submit to the
project manager a transportation plan for the shipment of the RACM to the approved Class 1
landfill. The transportation plan shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the name and
contact person for the transport company, TDH license number, EPA permit number, Texas
Department of Transportation permit number, a copy of the transporter's emergency response
plan, and a copy of all applicable insurance certificates.
8. Transportation of non -friable (intact) ACRM
a. The transportation of non -friable (intact) ACRM shall be subject to all regulations promulgated
by, but not limited to, TDH, OSHA, EPA, USDOT, Texas 'Department of Transportation,
Texas Department of Public Safety and TNRCC. The Contractor shall ensure all applicable
regulations for the transportation of non -friable (intact) ACRM are followed. The Contractor
shall submit to the project manager a transportation plan for the shipment of the non -friable
(intact) ACRM to the approved landfill. The transportation plan shall include but is not limited
to: the name of the contact person for the transportation company, TDH license number, EPA _
permit number, Texas Department of Transportation permit number, a copy of the transporters
emergency response plan, and a copy of all applicable insurance certificates.
3.08 REPLACEMEMNT OF DETERIORATED POURED GYPSUM ROOF DECK
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for identifying, removing and replacing all deteriorated poured gypsum
roof deck in Roof Area G, with the following conditions: _
1. Upon discovery of suspect areas of deterioration, the Contractor shall notify the Architect. The
Contractor shall document quantities of deteriorated deck replacement for compensation in accordance
with Section 01.026, UNIT PRICES.
2. The work shall include the complete demolition and disposal of the deteriorated poured gypsum roof
deck, fiberglass formboard and associated flashings. Care shall be taken to salvage the existing
subpurlins. Any subpurlins damaged by the demolition work shall be replaced at no additional cost to the
Owner.
3. The work shall include the providing and placing of new poured gypsum roof deck over new 1/2" gypsum
formboard to a depth of 2 inches. The poured gypsum roof deck materials, reinforcing and installation
shall be in accordance with Section 03.510 of the Specifications.
4. The work shall include the protection of the existing interior portions of the Civic Center from dust and
debris associated with the demolition and replacement of the existing poured gypsum roof deck. The
Contractor shall provide a means for separating and screening the area of deck replacement from adjacent
Exhibit Hall areas.
5. The work shall include the coordination and scheduling of deck replacement with the Owner to allow the
Theatre and Exhibit Hall to meet scheduled commitments.
3.09 CLEANING
A. All salvaged materials not scheduled for reuse in this project and all demolished materials, debris and rubbish
shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the premises.
507/98 ROOFING DEMOLITION
Section 07.000 Page 11
B. Remove materials from the site as soon as practical and do not allow materials to accumulate on the site.
Burning of debris and rubbish will not be permitted. Do not use the Owner's trash receptacles for placement
of demolition materials.
C. Materials shall be covered during removal to prevent them from being blown onto the Owner's grounds.
End of Section
r
507/98 ROOF INSULATION
Section 07.212 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General Requirements
(Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The extent of roof insulation work is shown on the Drawings and specified herein.
B. All roof insulation work shall include providing and installing "like kind and quality" matching the existing roof
insulation removed. "Like kind and quality" includes the type, thickness, and layers of roof insulation.
C. The work includes the mop applying of a rigid perlite roof insulation over a weatherseal ply at existing poured
gypsum roof decks where indicated on the Drawings.
D. The work includes the mechanical fastening of rigid perlite roof insulation over an existing metal roof deck where
indicated on the Drawings.
E. Furnish all incidentals necessary for the satisfactory completion of the work.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The roof insulation work shall be done by a single firm so that there will be undivided responsibility for the specified
performance of all component parts specified in Sections 07.000, 07.212, 07.510, 07.600 and 07.920.
B. All work shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's directions for the indicated conditions.
C. All materials, installation and systems shall be in accordance with the requirements of the roofing system
manufacturer.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's product specifications, installation instructions and general recommendations for the roofing
insulation products required. Include data substantiating that the materials comply with specified requirements,
including evidence of required W values. Indicate that the Installer has received a copy of the manufacturer's
instructions.
B. Submit the manufacturer's certification confirming that bulk bituminous materials delivered to the project comply
with the required standards.
C. Submit manufacturer's product specifications for mechanical fasteners including installation instructions and data
substantiating that the fastener meets the requirements of this section. Submit manufacturer's specifications for each
type of fastener required for each type of deck substrate encountered.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products in manufacturer's original containers, dry, undamaged, with seals and labels intact.
�,;; B. Remove factory wrap from insulation bundles or cut slits into the wrap to allow ventilation of the insulation.
507/98 ROOF INSULATION _
Section 07.212 Page 2
C. Cover insulation stored on site with an opaque canvas tarpaulin. Tarpaulin shall completely cover all sides of the
insulation, shall be watertight and shall be secured to prevent blowoff.
D. Store insulation materials on wood pallets above the ground in a manner which will ensure that there is no possibility
of significant moisture penetration into the materials. Store in a dry, well ventilated, weathertight place.
E. Do not store roofing materials on the roof deck in concentrated areas which will impose excessive stress on the deck
or structural members. _
F. Insulation which becomes wet shall not be installed on this project, and shall be removed from the site.
1.06 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/ASTM D41 - asphalt primer used in roofing, dampproofing, and waterproofing.
B. ASTM D312 - asphalt used in roofing.
C. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) - roofing and waterproofing manual. _
D. NBS-55 - preliminary performance criteria for bituminous membrane roofing.
E. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) - fire hazard classifications.
1.07 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section for a period of
not less than 5 years.
B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section and approved by the _
Manufacturer to construct and repair the Manufacturer's guaranteed roofing systems.
1.08 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable code for roof assembly fire hazard requirements.
B. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Class A Fire Hazard Classification.
1.09 PROTECTION OF EXISTING BUILDING INTERIORS
A. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions and protections to ensure that no water, asphalt, dust or other
leakage occurs into the building's interior spaces while the work is in progress.
B. No work shall be undertaken in any given day that cannot be securely weathersealed by the end of that day's work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Concrete Primer shall conform to ASTM D-41.
B. Bitumen shall be airblown asphalt manufactured especially for roofing purposes complying with the current edition
or latest revision of ASTM specification D-312, Steep Grade, Type I11, 185-205 degrees F. softening point. `—
I
507/98 ROOF INSULATION
Section 07.212 Page 3
C. Rigid Perlite Insulation shall be equivalent to Fesco Board insulation manufactured by Schuller of Denver, Colorado.
Minimum thickness of insulation shall be 1 inch, with an R value of 2.78.
D. Cricket material shall be perlite as manufactured by Schuller. Taper shall be '/i inch per foot unless noted otherwise
on the Drawings.
E. Tapered Edge Strips shall be perlite as manufactured by Schuller. Taper shall be lh inch per foot unless noted
otherwise on the Drawings.
F. Fasteners shall be appropriate for the conditions encountered and approved by both Factory Mutual and the insulation
or base sheet manufacturer. Furnish lengths required for thickness of material and type of roof deck. Fastener
selection, spacing and installation shall resist a wind uplift force of 90 pounds per square foot of roof deck area in
accordance with UL 1897. Fasteners shall be placed a minimum of one fastener for each two square feet of roof
area.
G. Furnish and install all other materials and accessories to provide a complete and satisfactory installation.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work.
B. Verify deck is supported and secured.
C. Verify deck is clean and smooth, free of depressions, waves, or projections, and properly sloped.
D. Verify deck surfaces are dry and free of snow or ice.
E. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, and vents through roof are solidly set, and cant strips,
nailing strips and reglets are in place.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF ROOF INSULATION/GENERAL
A. All roof insulation work shall be done in strict accordance with the instructions and recommendations of the
manufacturer. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to the project conditions, consult the
manufacturer's technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with the work.
B. Do no overload the building structure with the storage of materials or use of equipment on the deck.
C. Do not proceed with the installation of insulation unless the materials, equipment and tradesmen required for the
installation of the roofing insulation and membrane over the insulation are on the project site and ready to follow
with this work immediately (same day) behind the work. Do not install any more insulation each day than can be
covered with waterproof membrane by the end of that working day.
D. Prepare the substrate so that it is dry, clean, relatively smooth and otherwise satisfactorily prepared to receive the
roof insulation board.
E. At all multiple -layer applications, offset all joints of each layer a minimum of 6 inches from all joints of the
preceding layer.
F. Extend insulation full thickness over the entire surfaces to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and
fill voids with insulation.
i
i
507/98 ROOF INSULATION --
Section 07.212 Page 4
G. Form slight depressions at roof scuppers and roof drains with insulation approximately 1" less in thickness than for
adjacent roof areas so that finished roofing will not be above adjoining areas.
H. All insulation application shall resist a wind uplift force of 90 pounds per square foot of deck area in accordance
with UL 1897.
I. The Contractor is cautioned that any insulation that becomes wet for any reason shall be removed from the --
project site.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION OVER GYPSUM DECK
A. Mop apply one layer of rigid Perlite insulation over the weatherseal ply which has been mechanically fastened to
the existing gypsum deck. The application shall be in a full mopping of hot aspahlt.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION OVER METAL DECK
A. Mechanically fasten one layer of rigid perlite insulation over the existing metal roof deck. —
3.05 TAPERED EDGE STRIPS AND CRICKETS
A. Install premanufactured crickets as shown on Drawings.
B. Adhere materials to substrate in a full mopping of hot steep asphalt.
3.06 TEMPORARY WATER CUTOFFS
A. The Contractor shall install temporary water cutoffs at the end of each day's work.
B. The water cutoff shall consist of a minimum of one ply of modified base sheet installed in a full mopping of hot
asphalt extending onto the deck and insulation a minimum of 6 inches.
C. The water cutoff must not lap onto the granule surfaced cap sheet.
D. When roofing work is to be resumed, the temporary water cutoff shall be removed cleanly from the insulation (top --
surface and vertical joint) and from the deck to ensure tight insulation joints and level insulation surfaces.
E. Any in-place roofing which becomes wet from the Contractor's failure to install a temporary water cutoff or a faulty
temporary water cutoff installation shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor as directed by the Architect at
no additional cost to the Owner.
3.07 CLEANING
A. At completion of work under this section, all rubbish accumulated by these operations shall be removed from the
site.
End of Section
507/98 LIGHTWEIGHT INSULATING CONCRETE
Section 07.220 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General Requirements
(Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The extent of lightweight insulating concrete roof insulation system work is shown on the Drawings and specified
herein.
B. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for the complete and proper installation of all
lightweight insulating concrete roof insulation system materials and related work, as shown on the Drawings or
specified herein, in accordance with all applicable requirements of the Contract Documents.
C. Conform to the applicable building code requirements of regulatory agencies having jurisdiction.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM C 495 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Lightweight Insulating Concrete.
2. ASTM C 332 - Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Insulating Concrete.
3. ASTM C 578 - Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation.
4. ASTM C 177 - Standard Test Method for Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission_
Properties by Means of the Guarded -Hot Plate Apparatus.
5. ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement Types I, II, III.
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. Lightweight insulating concrete roof insulation components are defined by Underwriters Laboratories under sections
CCVW for foamed plastic and CJZZ for vermiculite aggregate in the latest edition of the Underwriters Laboratories
Fire Resistance Directory.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's instructions for proper application of the lightweight insulating concrete roof insulation
system.
B. Submit independent laboratory test results for the following performance criteria:
1. Thermal insulation value per ASTM C 177.
2. Mix design compressive strength per ASTM C 495.
3. Mix design wet and dry density range per ASTM C 495.
4. Polystyrene density per ASTM C 578.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
i. I
A. Applicator: Approved in writing by the manufacturer to install the lightweight insulating concrete system.
"° B. Agency Approvals: Provide products, execution and material thickness to conform to the applicable code
' requirements for the required fire resistance ratings, wind uplift classifications, insulation values and diaphragm
values.
507/98 LIGHTWEIGHT INSULATING CONCRETE
Section 07.220 Page 2
C. Provide a lightweight insulating concrete wind uplift classification system meeting Factory Mutual Windstorm --
Classification criteria effective October 1, 1995.
D. Fire Resistance Classifications: Provide a lightweight insulating concrete system meeting the following fire
resistance standards:
1. Tested by Underwriters Laboratories in accordance with the procedures of ASTM E 119 and listed in the
Underwriters Laboratories Fire Resistance Directory.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver material in original unopened packages, fully identified as to manufacturer, brand or other identifying data
and bearing the proper Underwriters Laboratories and Factory Mutual labels.
B. Store material under cover and in a dry location until ready for use.
C. Familiarize every member of the application crew with the manufacturer's material safety data sheets and with fire
and safety regulations recommended by OSHA, NRCA and as required by governing codes.
D. Do not store roofing materials on the roof deck in concentrated areas which will impose excessive stress on the deck
or structural members. _
1.08 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. When air temperatures of 40/F (4.4/C) or above are predicted to occur within the first 24 hours after placement,
normal application procedures may be used.
B. When air temperatures of 32/F - 40/F (0/C - 4.4/C) are predicted to occur within the first 24 hours after placement,
warm water not exceeding 90/F (32.2/C) may be used.
C. Do not place the lightweight insulating concrete system when air temperatures are below 32/F (0/C).
1.09 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Sequence and coordinate application of lightweight insulating concrete roof insulation with work in other sections so
as not to interfere with efficient roof insulation application.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. The Lightweight Insulating Concrete Roof Deck Manufacturer shall furnish three (3) copies of an unlimited ten (10)
year guarantee covering materials and workmanship.
B. The guarantee shall not be subject to a deductible, and shall not be prorated.
C. The guarantee shall include all repairs to the lightweight insulating deck necessary to return the deck to a '—
satisfactory substrate for the membrane roofing system at no cost to the Owner.
D. Specific items covered under the roof system guarantee include:
a. The actual resistance to heat flow through the roof insulation will be at least 80 % of the design thermal
resistance, provided that the roofing membrane is free of leaks;
b. The roof insulation will remain in a reroofable . condition should the roof membrane require replacement
(excluding damage caused by fastener pullout during removal of the old membrane.)
r
507/98 LIGHTWEIGHT INSULATING CONCRETE
u . Section 07.220 Page 3
c. The roof insulation will remain in place even if the roof membrane sustains wind damage covered by the
guarantee.
d. NVS fasteners will remain embedded in the lightweight insulating concrete deck, and will hold the membrane
in place during wind conditions covered by the guarantee.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER
A. Provide a lightweight insulating concrete roof insulation system incorporating vermiculite and polystyrene supplied
by a single source manufacturer equivalent to NVS Roof Insulation System by Siplast, Inc., Irving, Texas 800/922-
8800.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Provide materials used in the lightweight concrete roof insulation system conforming to the following:
1. Portland cement: Conforming to Type I, II or III as defined by ASTM C 150.
2. Vermiculite Aggregate: Vermiculite concrete aggregate conforming to ASTM C 332, equivalent to NVS
Concrete Aggregate by Siplast, Inc., Irving, Texas 800/922-8800.
3. Polystyrene Insulation Board: Polystyrene insulation board having a nominal density of 1 pcf defined as Type
I by ASTM C 578 and containing 30 one inch diameter holes and 30 slots or 10 hole and slot combinations
equivalent to Insulperm Insulation Board by Siplast, Inc., Irving, Texas 800/922-8800.
4. Water Purity: Potable water as defined by U.S. Department of Health, containing no more than 250ppm of
free chloride ions or other substances that would affect the set of Portland cement. Provide water with
sufficient pressure and volume to meet the roof deck application schedule.
2.03 MIX DESIGN
A. Mix Portland cement and vermiculite concrete aggregate in a 1:3.5 mix ratio with water to achieve a wet density
ranging from 60-68 pct, resulting in a minimum dry density of 35 pcf and minimum compressive strength of 300
psi.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. The lightweight concrete applicator and the roofing contractor shall inspect the temporary roof to ensure that
surfaces to receive lightweight insulating concrete are watertight prior to the pouring. Where necessary, cleaning or
other corrections of surfaces to receive lightweight insulating concrete is the responsibility of the party causing the
unacceptable condition of the substrate.
B. Do not begin placement of the lightweight insulating concrete system until the Prime Contractor and Insulating
System Applicator have examined all surfaces and conditions to receive the roof insulation system and have
determined that the surfaces are acceptable and will provide a watertight protection for the finished spaces in the
building below.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Remove water or any other substance that would interfere with bonding of the lightweight insulating concrete
r,,. system.
I
I B. Protect permanently exposed walls or special surfaces.
507/98 LIGHTWEIGHT INSULATING CONCRETE
Section 07.220 Page 4
3.03 APPLICATION
A. Provide equipment and placement procedures in strict conformance with the materials manufacturer's application
instructions.
B. Mix Portland cement and vermiculite concrete aggregate in a 1:3.5 mix ratio design with water to achieve a wet
density ranging from 60 to 68 pcf, resulting in a minimum dry density of 35 pcf and minimum compressive strength
of 300 psi.
C. When polystyrene is to be incorporated into the lightweight insulating concrete system, place a 1/8th inch minimum
thickness of insulating concrete over top of the prepared substrate before imbedding tthe polystyrene panels. Place ._
the polystyrene panels within 30 minutes of applying the insulating concrete to the substrate. The maximum
allowable polystyrene panel step in a stair -step design is 1 inch. Fill the holes in the polystyrene and place a 1 inch
minimum thickness of insulating concrete over top of the polystyrene panels. Cover the polystyrene panels with a
top pouring of insulating concrete within 4 hours after application of the panels.
D. Minimum thickness of lightweight insulating concrete shall be l'h", except where tapered at roof drains and
scuppers.
E. Avoid rooftop traffic over the lightweight insulating concrete roof insulation system until 24 hours has elapsed after
last placement of insulating concrete.
F. Install lightweight insulating concrete roof insulation system in the areas, configurations, thicknesses and slopes
shown on the Drawings.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY'CONTROL
A. The Architect will select an independent testing laboratory to randomly sample and verify the thickness and density
of lightweight insulating concrete, and will secure compressive test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C 495.
B. The independent testing laboratory will evaluate compressive strength test cylinders for density and compressive
strength in accordance with ASTM C 495.
C. The results of the above tests will be made available to all parties at the completion of designated test areas as `
specified in section 01600, heading 1.03.
D. Responsibilities for payment of the costs of testing shall be as specified in section 01600, heading 1.03.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Remove equipment after the completion of the lightweight insulating concrete roof insulation system application.
B. Wash finished items to remain adjacent to the lightweight insulating concrete roof insulation system application after
each days application, or as necessary, and remove wash water.
C. At completion of work under this section, all rubbish, unused materials, equipment and tools accumulated by these
operations shall be removed from the site.
3.06 PATCHING
A. Perform all patching and repairing of lightweight insulating concrete using the same materials listed in this
specification or other materials approved in writing by the manufacturer.
End of Section
507/98 MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
- Section 07.520 Page 1
PART GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The extent of modified bitumen roofing work is shown on the Drawings and specified herein.
B. The work of this section includes membrane roofing over a lightweight insulating concrete roof deck and all
associated flashing materials and miscellaneous items specified in this section.
C. The work of this section includes membrane roofing over rigid perlite insulation and all associated flashing
materials and miscellaneous items specified in this section.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. References in these specifications to standards, test methods, codes, etc., are implied to mean the latest edition
of each such standard
adopted. The following is an abbreviated list of associations, institutions and societies
which may be used as
references throughout these specifications.
1.
ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials
Philadelphia, PA 215 / 299-5585
2.
BOCA
Building Officials and Code Administrators International, Inc.
Country Club Hills, IL 708 / 799-2300
3.
FM
Factory Mutual Engineering and Research
Norwood, MA 617 / 762-4300
4.
FED SPEC
General Services Administration -'Specific Standards
Washington, DC 202 / 708-9205
5.
ICBO
International Conference of Building Officials
Whittier, CA 213 / 699-0541
6.
NRCA
National Roofing Contractors Association
Rosemont, IL 708 / 299-9070
7.
OSHA
Occupational Safety and Health Administrations
Washington, DC 202 / 523-8036
8.
RIEI
Roofing Industry Educational Institute
Englewood, CO 303 / 790-7200
9.
SBCCI
Southern Building Code Congress International
Birmingham, AL 205 / 591-1853
10.
SMACNA
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association
Chantilly, VA 703/803-2980
11.
SWR
Southwest Research Institute
San Antonio, TX 512/ 648-5111
12.
UL
Underwriters Laboratories
Northbrook, IL 708 / 272-8800
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The membrane roofing work shall be done by a single firm specializing in the types of roofing required so that
f there will be undivided responsibility for the specified performance of all component parts specified in sections
07.000, 07.212, 07.220, 07.520, 07.600 and 07.920.
B. All work shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and
r
507/98 MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING —
Section 07.520 Page 2
recommendations for the indicated conditions.
C. Only those roofing systems and manufacturers listed under heading 1.05 of this section, and any subsequent
systems and manufacturers added to heading 1.05 by addendum, shall be acceptable for this project.
D. The Roofing Contractor shall have been an approved applicator for the Roofing System Manufacturer for a
minimum of two years prior to the bid date of this project, and shall have successfully completed a minimum
of two projects of similar scope to this project in which a Manufacturer's Warranty was issued by the Roofing
System Manufacturer.
E. Provide primary roofing products, including each type of sheet, all manufactured in the United States, supplied
by a single manufacturer which has been successfully producing the specified types of primary products for not
less than ten (10) years. Provide secondary or accessory products which are acceptable to the manufacturer of
the primary roofing products.
F. Provide primary roofmg materials manufactured under a quality control/quality assurance program. A
certificate of analysis for reporting/confirming the tested values of the actual material being supplied for the
project shall be required prior to project close-out.
G. The proposed roof system shall conform to the following requirements. No other testing agency approvals
will be accepted. -
1. Underwriters Laboratories Class A acceptance of the proposed roofing system, including mopping
asphalt, without additional requirements for aggregate or coatings.
H. The work to be performed under this specification shall include but is not limited to the following: Attend
necessary job meetings and furnish competent and full time supervision, experienced roof mechanics, all
materials, tools, and equipment necessary to complete, in an acceptable manner, the roof installation in
accordance with this specification. Comply with the latest written application instructions of the manufacturer
of the primary roofing products. In addition, application practice shall comply with requirements and
recommendations contained in the latest edition of the Handbook of Accented Roofing Knowledge (HARK) as
published by the National Roofing Contractor's Association, amended to include the acceptance of a phased
roof system installation.
I. Conform to all applicable regulations of public agencies, including any specific requirements of the city and/or
state of jurisdiction. --
1.05 SYSTEM
A. Roofing system over a lightweight insulating concrete roof deck shall be equivalent to TAMKO Roofing
Products modified bitumen specification #113FR, with a modified base ply (equivalent to TAMKO VERSA -
BASE) and an additional finish ply at Roof Areas C, D, E and F.
B. Roofing system over an existing poured gypsum roof deck with rigid perlite insulation mop applied shall be
equivalent to TAMKO Roofing Products modified bitumen specification #107FR, with a modified base ply.
C. Roofing system over existing metal roof deck with rigid perlite insulation mechanically fastened shall be
equivalent to TAMKO Roofing Products modified bitumen specification #107FR, with a modified base ply
plus an additional finish ply at Roof Area H.
D. The following roofing systems are approved for the work of this section provided that all other conditions .of
this Section 07.520, including the system warranty specified in other portions of this Specification, are met and
warranties issued:
1. Schuller system with Dyna Base/Dyna Kap membranes applied over Ventsulation base sheet, with
Schuller's premium torch -applied membrane base flashing sheet.
v
507/98 MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
W Section 07.520 Page 3
2. GAF specification N-1-2 MGRF with Ruberoid 20/Ruberoid Mop 170FR membranes applied over
GAFGLAS Stratavent Base Sheet with GAF's premium torch -applied base flashing sheet.
E. All membrane base flashings and membrane penetration flashings shall be torch -applied.
1.06 SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS
A. In addition to other provisions of these specifications, substitution requests shall comply with the following.
B. Submittals for primary roof systems to be considered as equivalents to the specified roof system shall be made
no less than ten (10) days prior to bid date. Primary roof systems which have been reviewed and accepted by
the Architect as equivalents to the specified roof system will be listed in an addendum prior to bid date.
C. Substitution request submittals shall include:
1. Two (2) eight (8) inch x ten (10) inch samples of the primary roofmg and flashing sheets.
2. Latest edition of the roofmg system manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions.
3. Evidence and description of manufacturer's quality control/quality assurance program for the primary
roofmg products supplied. The quality assurance program description shall include all methods of
testing for physical and mechanical property values. Provide confirmation of manufacturer's certificate
of analysis for reporting the tested values of the actual material being supplied for the project prior to
issuance of the specified guarantee.
4. Descriptive listing of the materials proposed for use.
5. Evidence of Underwriters' Laboratories Class A acceptance of the proposed roofing system, including
mopping asphalt, without additional requirements for aggregate or coatings. No other testing agency
approvals will be accepted.
6. Letter from the proposed primary roofing manufacturer confirming the number of years it has directly
manufactured the proposed primary roofmg system under the trade name and/or trademarks as proposed.
7. Listing of three (3) of the manufacturer's projects, located in the United States, of comparable size and
degree of difficulty which have been performing successfully for a period of at least flve (5) ,years.
8. Complete listing of material physical and mechanical properties for each roofmg system sheet, including:
weights and thicknesses; low temperature flexibility; breaking load; ultimate elongation; dimensional
stability; compound stability; granule embedment and resistance to thermal shock (foil faced products).
9. Sample copy of the specified guarantee, and a letter from the manufacturer stating that a guarantee
meeting all requirements of this section will be issued.
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A. Prior to Contract award, submit three (3) copies of a letter from the proposed roofmg manufacturer
confirming that the bidder is an acceptable Contractor authorized to install the proposed system.
B. Prior to Contract award, submit three (3) copies from the proposed roofmg manufacturer stating that the
proposed application will comply with the manufacturer's requirements in order to qualify the project for the
specified guarantee.
C. Submit twelve (12) copies of the manufacturer's product specifications, installation instructions and general
recommendations for each type of roofmg product required. Include data substantiating that materials comply
with specified requirements.
D. Submit three (3) copies of the manufacturer's certification indicating that bulk bituminous materials delivered
to the project comply with the required standards.
E. Submit three (3) copies of the Roofing System Manufacturer's published recommendations and guidelines for
proper maintenance of the specified roof system, including inspection schedules, penetration addition policies,
temporary repairs and procedures for reporting leaks.
507/98 MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING —
Section 07.520 Page 4
F. Prior to project closeout, submit three (3) copies of a Certificate Of Analysis from the testing laboratory of _.
the primary roofing materials manufacturer, confirming the physical and mechanical properties of the roofing
membrane components. Testing shall be performed in accordance with the parameters published in
ASTM D 5147 and will indicate Quality Assurance/Quality Control data as required to meet the specified
properties. A separate Certificate Of Analysis is required for each production run of material and shall
indicate the following information:
1. Material type
2. Lot number
3. Production date
4. Dimensions and Mass (indicate the lowest values recorded during the production run);
a. Roll length
b. Roll width
c. Selvage width
d. Total thickness
e. Thickness at selvage
f. Weight
5. Physical and Mechanical Properties;
a. Low temperature flexibility
b. Breaking load
c. Ultimate elongation _
d. Dimensional stability
e. Compound stability
f. Granule embedment
g. Resistance to thermal shock (foil faced products)
1.08 GUARANTEES
A. At the completion of the project and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall furnish three (3) copies of the
Roofing System Manufacturer's unlimited ten (10) year guarantee covering materials and workmanship for the
Base Bid roofing and base flashing systems, equivalent to that issued by TAMKO. The guarantee period shall
begin on the Date of Substantial Completion. `
1. Guarantee shall cover leaks which result from either material or workmanship defects, shall not be
subject to a deductible, and shall not be prorated.
2. The roof system guarantee shall include both the roofing and flashing membranes.
3. All repair or replacement costs covered under the guarantee shall be borne by the roofing membrane
manufacturer.
4. The guarantee shall be a term type, without deductibles or limitations on coverage amount and be
issued at no additional cost to the Owner.
5. The guarantee coverage shall include all repairs to the roofing system to the extent necessary to return
the roofing system to a watertight condition at no cost to the Owner.
6. Specific items covered under the roof system guarantee include:
a. NVS fasteners will remain embedded in the lightweight insulating concrete deck, and will hold the
membrane in place during wind conditions covered by the guarantee. —
B. The Roofing System Applicator shall provide three (3) copies of a two (2) year guarantee covering all
membrane roofing, membrane flashing, metal flashing and sealant applications in conjunction with the roofing
work. The guarantee shall not be subject to a deductible, and shall not be prorated. The guarantee coverage
shall include all repairs to the roofing, flashing and sealant work to the extent necessary to return the work to
a watertight condition at no cost to the Owner. The guarantee period shall begin on the Date of Substantial
Completion.
1.09 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
t,
507/98 MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
Section 07.520 Page 5
A. Deliver materials in the manufacturer's original sealed and labeled containers and in quantities required to
allow continuity of application.
B. Store materials out of direct exposure to the elements. Store roll goods on a clean, flat and dry surface. All
material stored on the roof overnight shall be stored on pallets. Rolls of roofing must be stored on ends.
Store materials such as solvents, adhesives and asphalt cutback products away from open flames, sparks or
excessive heat. Cover all material using a breathable cover such as a canvas. Polyethylene or other non -
breathable plastic coverings are not acceptable.
C. Handle all materials in such a manner as to preclude damage and contamination with moisture or foreign
matter. Handle rolled goods to prevent damage to edges or ends.
D. Do not store roofing materials or equipment on the roof deck in concentrated areas which will impose
excessive stress on the deck or structural members.
E. Any materials that are found to be damaged or stored in any manner other than stated above will be
automatically rejects, removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
1.10 INSPECTIONS
A. In addition to the warranty inspection by the roofing system manufacturer's technical representative, a
minimum of two (2) progress inspections by the roofing system manufacturer's technical representative is
required. One inspection shall occur during the installation of the lightweight insulating concrete deck, and
one inspection shall occur during the installation of the base sheet, the modified bitumen membranes and the
flashing systems.
B. These inspections shall be coordinated and scheduled with the Architect a minimum of two (2) days prior to
the inspection.
C. The manufacturer's inspector shall be a person specially trained and experienced in roofing system technology
and installation procedures and shall be an employee of the roofing system manufacturer. Independent
consultants retained by the manufacturer are not acceptable for the purposes of these inspections.
D. Written reports of each inspection shall be submitted in triplicate to the Architect.
1.11 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS
A. REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO JOB START
1. NOTIFICATION. Give a minimum of five (5) days notice to the Owner and manufacturer prior to
commencing any work and notify both parties on a daily basis of any change in work schedule.
2. PERMITS. Obtain all permits required by local agencies and pay all fees which may be required for
the performance of the work.
3. SAFETY. Familiarize every member of the application crew with all fire and safety regulations
recommended by OSHA, NRCA and other industry or local governmental groups.
B. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
F
1. PRECIPITATION: Do not apply roofing materials during precipitation or in the event there is a
probability of precipitation during application. Take adequate precautions to ensure that materials,
applied roofing, and building interiors are protected from possible moisture damage or contamination.
i 2. TEMPERATURE RESTRICTIONS: ASPHALT. At ambient temperatures of forty (40) degrees F and
below, special precautions must be taken to ensure that the specified Type IV asphalt maintains a
507/98 MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
Section 07.520 Page 6
minimum acceptable 400 degrees F temperature at the point of sheet application. The asphalt must not
be overheated to compensate for cold conditions. The use of insulated handling equipment is strongly �.
recommended. Hot luggers, mop carts, and kettle -to -roof supply lines should be insulated. Hand mops
should be constructed with a smaller yarn head to facilitate short moppings. Luggers and mop carts -
should never be more than half filled at all times.
C. PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
1. MEMBRANE PROTECTION. Provide protection against staining and mechanical damage for newly ^-
applied roofing and adjacent surfaces throughout this project.
2. TORCH SAFETY: Designate one person on each crew to perform a daily fire watch. The designated
crew member shall watch for fires or smoldering materials on all areas of roof construction Continue
the fire watch for one hour after roofing material application has been suspended for the day.
3. LIMITED ACCESS. Prevent access by the public to materials, tools and equipment during the course
of the project.
4. DEBRIS REMOVAL. Remove all debris daily from the project site and take to a legal dumping area
authorized to receive such materials.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. All materials shall be acceptable to the manufacturer of the roofing system installed.
B. Provide roofing materials which comply with the following minimum standards or as recommended by the
roofing system manufacturer.
C. ROOFING SYSTEM MATERIALS:
1. Bitumen shall be airblown asphalt manufactured especially for roofing purposes complying with the current
edition or latest revision of ASTM Specification D312, Steep Grade, Type III.
2. BASE SHEET at lightweight insulating concrete shall be equivalent to TAMKO VAPOR-CHAN.
3. BASE PLY shall be equivalent to TAMKO VERSA -BASE.
4. FINISH PLY shall be equivalent to TAMKO Awaplan Premium FR. Granule color as selected by the
Architect.
5. FLASHING PLY shall be equivalent to TAMKO AWAPLAN HEAT WELDING, ' granule surfaced —
modified bitumen membrane, color as selected by Architect.
D. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
1. MOPPING ASPHALT. Certify asphalt for full compliance with the requirements for Type III asphalt listed
in Table I, ASTM D 312-84. Each container or bulk shipping ticket shall indicate the equiviscous
temperature, EVT, the finished blowing temperature, BFT and the flash point, FP.
2. CONCRETE PRIMER shall be equivalent to TAMKO TAM -PRO Asphalt Primer.
3. MASTICS shall be equivalent to TAMKO TAM -PRO CPA Premium SBS Adhesive.
4. POURABLE FILLER shall be equivalent to Sonolastic SL 1 by Sonneborn Building Products;
Minneapolis, MN 612 / 835-3434, a single component of pouring consistency, exhibiting no weathering or
cracking when tested according to ASTM D 920 Type S.
5. CAULKING/SEALANTS. A single component, high performance, elastomeric sealant complying with
ASTM C 920, FED SPEC No. TTS 0023C TYPE II C.
a. Sonolastic NP 1 by Sonneborn Building Products; Minneapolis, MN 612 / 835-3434.
b. Vulkem 116 by Mameco.
6. BASE SHEET FASTENERS TO THE LIGHTWEIGHT INSULATING CONCRETE SUBSTRATE shall
be equivalent to NVS Base Sheet Fasteners by Siplast, Inc.; Irving, TX 800 / 922-8800, a single unit,
t;
r
r
r
T
507/98 MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
Section 07.520 Page 7
precision formed, electro zinc coated steel fastener having a two point seven (2.7) inch diameter rib
reinforced cap and one and two tenths (1.2) inch long rectangular legs, designed to expand when fully
driven into the lightweight concrete. Fasteners for lightweight concrete substrates shall meet FM Standard
4470 requirements for corrosion resistance.
7. PROTECTION SHEETS AND WALKWAY PADS shall be equivalent to TAMKO Awaplan Premium FR.
8. PREFORMED CANT shall be 4" x 4" with a 5" face at a 45° angle. Cant material shall be molded asphalt
impregnated organic fiber or fire resistant perlite.
9. TERMINATION BARS, where required, shall be minimum 1 'A" wide x 3/16" thick aluminum with
predrilled slotted holes for fasteners at 6" o.c. and 1" from ends.
10. MOISTURE RELIEF VENTS shall be Insulated Aluminum One Way Roof Vents, equivalent to those
formerly manufactured by Jimco (model JL -10).
11. Provide all additional materials required by the roofmg system manufacturer to allow the issuance of the
Ten (10) Year Unlimited Roofing System Guarantee.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. All modified bitumen roofing materials shall be supplied and all construction shall be performed in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. If written instructions are not
obtainable, or do not apply to the project conditions, consult the manufacturer's technical representative for
specific recommendations before proceeding with the work.
3.02 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION
A. Before ply application is started, prepare surface by sweeping or vacuuming. Remove all debris from the
lightweight insulating concrete deck.
B. Verify that surfaces are dry in accordance with the respective manufacturer's or applicator's published
instructions.
C. Prepare other surfaces according to respective manufacturer's or applicator's published instructions.
D. Use cleaning materials necessary to render an acceptable surface.
E. Use compatible materials on voids and joints so finished deck surface will be even and smooth.
F. Protect adjacent areas with tarpaulin or other durable materials.
G. Prepare properly for flashing and secure in position any projections through the roof deck. Install new metal
flashings, fascias, gravel guards and other items as required. Ensure roof drains, etc., are at proper height to
permit water to drain properly without ponded water.
H. Inspect all parapet walls, roof edges, etc. prior to application of roofmg to make sure that proper provisions
have been made to install metal roof edges, etc.
I. Do not apply roofing if damp weather is imminent or if any other conditions exist that will not permit proper
application.
3.03 WORKMANSHIP
A. Protect any lifting point on the roof or deck where roofing materials are transferred from one container to
another with two sheets of 4' x 8' x 5/8" plywood laid with long edges together covered with base sheet
overlapping all sides four feet and up and over the parapet.
B. Furnish a thermometer for checking temperature of asphalt in the kettle and at the point of application to the
507/98 MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING --
Section 07.520 Page 8
roof deck.
C. Repair any damaged areas of base sheet by applying a patch with mopping of hot asphalt overlapping the
damaged area 12" on each side.
3.04 MEMBRANE ROOF INSTALLATION OVER LIGHTWEIGHT DECK
A. Starting at the low point of the roof mechanically fasten one layer of base sheet with a minimum of 2" side
laps and a minimum of 4" end laps. Apply at a right angle to the slope of the roof. Fasten the sheets along the
lap at intervals of no more than 9 inches Stagger -nail on 18 inches centers along 2 lines located 12 inches
from each edge of the base sheet.
B. Starting at the low point of the roof, install an 18 inch width, then a full 36 inch width of base ply, side lapped
2 inches and end lapped 4 inches. Apply at a right angle to the slope of the roof. Solid mop to the base sheet
with a full mopping of hot asphalt at a minimum rate of 23 pounds per 100 square feet of deck area. .r
C. Starting at the low point of the roof, solidly adhere one layer of finish ply into a full mopping of hot asphalt at
a minimum rate of 23 pounds per 100 square feet with minimum 4" side laps and minimum 6" end laps. All
laps shall be checked and sealed while the modified bitumen is still in a semi -fluid state from roll application.
A minimum of 1/4" flow of asphalt must extend beyond all edges. Set ceramic granules in flow while
asphalt is still in a fluid state. Asphalt application rate shall be a minimum of 30 pounds per 100 square feet.
Asphalt temperature shall be not less than 425 degrees F. at point of application. Do not mop more than 4
feet in front of roll. Remove factory splices of modified asphalt sheet materials prior to installation or cover
factory splices in the field with a 12" width of modified asphalt sheet material set in hot asphalt.
D. At Roof Areas C, Dl, E & F, solidly adhere one additional layer of finish ply into a full mopping of hot
asphalt as described in paragraph C above. Stagger the laps of this finish ply a minimum of 6 inches from the
laps of the finish ply below. In this condition, the first sheet shall have a smooth surface.
E. Apply membrane without wrinkles or tears, free from air pockets.
F. Extend membrane up cant strips and a minimum of 2 inches onto vertical surfaces.
G. At the end of each day install water cut-off consisting of two plies of coated base sheet installed in mopping of
asphalt extending onto the deck a minimum of 6 inches. Cover all exposed edges of insulation. Completely
remove cut-off before resuming roofmg.
H. Seal membrane around roof penetrations.
3.05 MEMBRANE ROOF INSULATION OVER RIGID INSULATION BOARD
A. Starting at the low point of the roof, embed one layer of base ply with a minimum of 2" side laps and a
minimum of 4" end laps into a full mopping of hot steep asphalt at a minimum of 23 pounds per square feet.
Broom to obtain embedment of the base ply.
B. Starting at the low point of the roof, solidly adhere one layer of finish ply by mop applying with minimum 4"
laps and minimum 6" end laps. All laps shall be checked and sealed while the modified bitumen is still in a
semi -fluid state from roll application. A minimum of 'A" flow of asphalt must extend beyond all edges.
Asphalt application rate shall be a minimum of 30 pounds per 100 square feet. Asphalt temperature shall not be
less than 425 degrees F. at point of application. Do not mop more than 4 feet in front of roll. Remove factory
splices of modified asphalt sheet materials prior to installation or cover factory splices in the field with modified
asphalt sheet material set in hot asphalt.
r
507/98 MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
a Section 07.520 Page 9
C. Apply membrane without wrinkles or tears, free from air pockets.
D. At Roof Area H, solidly adhere one additional layer of finish ply into a full mopping of hot asphalt as described
in paragraph C above. Stagger the laps of this finish ply a minimum of 6 inches from the laps of the finish ply
below.
E. Extend membrane up cant strips and a minimum of 2 inches onto vertical surfaces.
F. At the end of each day install water cut-off consisting of two plies of felts or one ply of coated base sheet
installed in a mopping of asphalt extending onto the deck a minimum of 6 inches. Cover all exposed edges of
insulation. Completely remove cut-off before resuming roofing.
G. Seal membrane around roof penetrations.
3.06 FLASHINGS
A. FLASHING APPLICATION - MASONRY. Flash masonry parapet walls and curbs using the base ply and the
flashing ply. The base ply shall have minimum three (3) inch laps, extending a minimum of three (3) inches
onto the base ply surface and three (3) inches up the parapet wall above the cant. Adhere the flashing ply by
torching; ensuring full adhesion. Never coincide the laps of the flashing layer with the lap seams in the
reinforcing layer. After the finish ply has been applied to the top of the cant, prepare the surface area that is to
receive flashing coverage by torch heating granular surfaces or by application of asphalt primer to granular
surfaces; allowing primer to dry thoroughly. Torch apply the flashing into place using three foot lengths (cut
from the end of roll) and using the factory selvage edge for laps, extending a minimum of four (4) inches
beyond the toe of the cant onto the prepared surface of the finished roof. Exert pressure on the flashing sheet
during application to ensure complete contact with the wall/roof surfaces, preventing air pockets; this can be
accomplished by using a damp sponge or shop rag. Check and seal all loose laps and edges. Nail the top edge
of the flashing on six (6) inch centers. (See manufacturer's schematic for visual interpretation).
B. FLASHING APPLICATION - WOOD SURFACES. Flash wood or plywood parapet walls and curbs using the
base ply and the flashing ply. The base ply shall have minimum three (3) inch laps, extending a minimum of
three inches onto the base ply surface and to the top of the parapet wall, curb, etc. Nail the base ply on twelve
(12) inch centers in all directions to the vertical wood surface from the top of the cant to top of wall, curb, etc.
Mop/torch the remainder of sheet that extends over the cant and roof level. After the finish ply has been applied
to the top of the cant, prepare the surface area that is to receive flashing coverage by torch heating granular
surfaces or by application of asphalt primer to granular surfaces; allowing primer to dry thoroughly. Torch
apply the flashing into place using three foot lengths (cut from the end of roll) and using the factory selvage edge
for laps, extending a minimum of four (4) inches beyond the toe of the cant onto the prepared surface of the
finished roof. Exert pressure on the flashing sheet during application to ensure complete contact with the
wall/roof surfaces, preventing air pockets; this can be accomplished by using a damp sponge or shop rag.
Check and seal all loose laps and edges. Nail the top edge of the flashing on six (6) inch centers.
C. WATER CUT-OFF. At end of day's work, or when precipitation is imminent, construct a water cut-off at all
open edges. Cut-offs can be built using asphalt or plastic cement and roofing felts, constructed to withstand
protracted periods of service. Cut-offs must be completely removed prior to the resumption of roofing.
3.07 ROOF SYSTEM INTERFACE WITH RELATED COMPONENTS
A. The following is a list of descriptions for correct installation of components integrated into the roof membrane
assembly. In all cases, unless otherwise approved, incorporate flanged components into the system between the
application of the base ply and the finish ply. The flange must be primed with a uniform coating of approved
ASTM D 41-85 asphalt primer and allowed to dry thoroughly; all flanges must be set in approved mastic.
B. EDGE METAL. Completely prime metal flanges and allow to dry prior to installation. Turn the base ply down
two (2) inches past the roof edge and over the nailer. After the base ply and continuous cleat (if applicable)
507/98 MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING —
Section 07.520 Page 10
have been installed, set the flange in mastic and stagger nail every three (3) inches on center. Strip -in the flange
using the base ply material, extending a minimum of four (4) inches beyond the edge of the flange. The finish ---
ply shall then be applied, terminating at the gravel -stop rise of the edge metal. SEE ITEM: SEALANT, for
finish of this detail
C. LEAD PIPE FLASHINGS. Completely prime the lead flanges and allow to dry prior to installation. After the
base ply has been applied, set the flange in mastic and strip -in the flange using the base ply material, extending a
minimum of four (4) inches beyond the edge of the flange. The finish ply shall then be.applied, terminating at
the flange -sleeve juncture of the pipe flashing. SEE ITEM: SEALANT for finish of this detail.
D. LEAD DRAIN FLASHINGS. Completely prime the lead drain flashing and allow to dry prior to installation.
After the base ply has been applied, set the lead flashing sheet in mastic and form to turn down inside of the a --
drain bowl. Ply -in the perimeter of the lead flashing using an additional layer of the base ply material,
overlapping the perimeter of the lead of minimum of four (4) inches. The finish ply shall then be applied,
extending beyond the clamping ring seal. Install the clamping ring with all clamps, bolts etc., in place.
r
E. METAL PIPE FLASHINGS. Completely prime the metal flanges and allow to dry prior to installation. After _
the base ply has been applied, set the flanges in mastic and strip -in the flange using the base ply material,
extending a minimum of four (4) inches beyond the edge of the flange. The finish ply shall then be applied,
terminating at the flange -sleeve juncture of the pipe flashing. Install a watertight umbrella to the penetration,
completely covering the opening of the pipe flashing. SEE ITEM: SEALANT for finish of this detail.
F. PROTECTION SHEETS AND WALKWAY PADS. Cut the walktread into maximum five (5) foot lengths and
allow to relax until flat. Adhere the sheet using mopping asphalt. Walk-in each sheet after application to ensure
proper adhesion. Use a minimum spacing of two (2) inches between sheets to allow for proper drainage.
G. SEALANT. Caulk all exposed finish ply edges at gravel stops, waste stacks, pitch pans, vent stacks, etc., with
a smooth continuous bead of approved sealant.
H. TERMINATION BARS. Shall be bedded in sealant and shall be anchored 6" on center and within 1" of the end
of each bar. Abutting bars shall be spaced 1%4" to 2" apart. A continuous bead of sealant shall be placed along
the top of all termination bars.
3.08 PROTECTION SHEETS AND WALKWAY PADS
A. Furnish and install protection sheets and walkway pads where shown on the Drawings.
B. Furnish and install protection sheets at each service side of all mechanical roof -mounted equipment. Minimum
size shall be 36" x 60".
C. Furnish and install protection sheets under all pipe supports furnished under this Contract.
D. Furnish and install a protection sheet at all roof access points such as roof hatches and roof ladders. Minimum
size shall be 36" x 60". Protection sheets are required at all sides of roof hatches except the hinge side.
E. Furnish and install protection sheets and walkway pads at all other locations required by the Roofing System
Manufacturer.
F. Adhere protection sheets and walkway pads to the modified bitumen cap sheet in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
3.09 MOISTURE RELIEF VENTS
A. Moisture relief vents shall be evenly spaced 30 feet on center each way throughout the new roof area providing
a minimum rate of one vent for each 900 square feet of deck area.
End of Section
r
r
r
7
507/98
MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
Section 07.520 Page 11
B.
All new roof areas shall have a minimum of one vent, regardless of the size of the individual roof area.
3.10
PERIMETER VENTING
A.
All membrane and wood blocking applications at all roof edges at the perimeter of the roof areas shall provide
venting in strict accordance with the roofmg system manufacturer's written requirements and published details.
3.11
CLEANING
A.
At completion of work under this section, all rubbish accumulated by these operations shall be removed from the
site.
B.
Remove all stains of every nature from all surfaces stained by the roofing operations. If stains cannot be
k
removed, the affected areas shall be replaced with new material matching the existing material.
`
C.
Remove all equipment, tools and excess materials from the site.
Flo
3.12
PROTECTION
A.
Protect building surfaces against damage from roofing work.
B.
Where traffic must continue over finished roof membrane, protect surfaces from damage.
End of Section
r
r
r
7
I
r
r
r
507/98 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
Section 07.600 Page 1
PART GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General Requirements
(Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide all fasteners and any other items necessary for the satisfactory completion of the work. Integrate this work
with roofing work to provide a watertight installation.
B. Areas where flashings and sheet metal work is to be performed is shown and noted on the Drawings and specified
herein.
C. The work of this section includes the providing and installing of new prefinished metal copings as shown and noted
on the Drawings and specified herein.
D. The work of this section includes the providing and installing of the new scupper and downspout systems as shown
and noted on the Drawings and specified herein.
E. The work of this section includes the providing and installing of penetration seal systems consisting of structural
curbs and pourable urethane sealants.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The flashing and sheet metal work shall be done by a single firm specializing in the types of roofing required so that
there will be undivided responsibility for the specified performance of all component parts specified in sections
07.000, 07.212, 07.520, 07.600 and 07.920.
B. All work shall be done in accordance with the recommendations of SMACNA.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's product specifications installation instructions and general recommendations for each type of
product required. Include data substantiating that materials comply with requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. All metal flashing, flanged hoods, gutters, downspouts, conductor heads and similar shapes shall be fabricated from
24 gauge sheet steel, with factory applied Kynar 500 finish. C`olor(s) as selected by the Architect.
B. Cleats and splashpans shall be fabricated from 20 gauge sheet steel.
C. Fastening devices shall be screws only, and match metal finish. All exposed fasteners shall have EPDM gaskets.
D. Plastic cement shall be equal to Federal Specification SS -C-153, Type 1.
E. Lead flashing shall be sheet lead weighing not less than 4 pounds per square foot.
F. Solder shall be 4% copper, 95.5% tin and 0.5% silver, lead-free, non-acid type equal to Silver Brite by Engelhard.
507/98 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL --
Section 07.600 Page 2
G. Penetration seal systems consisting of structural curbs and pourable urethane sealants shall be equivalent to the .—
Chem Curb System manufactured by Chem Link of Kalamazoo, MI. The system shall consist of all products
necessary to completely seal each condition encountered.
H. Provide all accessories necessary to provide a complete, watertight and satisfactory installation of the flashing and
sheet metal work.
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Form sheet metal on a bending brake. Do all shaping, trimming and hand seaming on the bench with proper sheet
metal working tools.
B. Fabrication and support of gutters and downspouts shall be as recommended by SMACNA.
C. Make angle bends and folds for interlocking the metal with full regard for expansion and contraction to avoid
buckling or fullness in the metal after it is installed.
D. Set metal already partly formed in place and fasten to structure by means of cleats.
E. Fabricate supplementary parts necessary to complete each item.
F. Form materials to shape indicated with straight lines, sharp angles and smooth curves.
G. Set sheet metal items level, true to a line, plumb unless otherwise shown or indicated.
H. Hem all edges of sheet metal work a minimum of 2" so no raw edges of metal will be exposed.
1. Provide for thermal expansion and contraction in sheet metal exceeding 15 feet in running length.
1. Place expansion joints at 15 feet on center maximum, and 2 feet from comers and intersections.
2. Joints shall be minimum consistent with sizes of materials. _
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION ".
A. Examine all surfaces that are to receive reinstalled or new flashing and sheet metal work before starting installation.
Surfaces shall be smooth, firm, dry and free from dirt and foreign materials. Correct defects that would prevent
proper installation of sheet metal. Drive all nails flush with surface.
B. Keep work clean at all times and free of debris. ,
C. Proceeding with work shall be construed as evidence that surfaces to receive flashing and sheet metal are
satisfactory.
D. Verify all dimensions and take all measurements necessary at the site before fabrication of new sheet metal items to
ensure proper fit in the construction.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall be in strict accordance with the instructions and recommendations of the Roofmg System
Manufacturer and SMACNA.
507/98 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
Section 07.600 Page 3
B. All sheet metal shall be fabricated and installed to provide water and weathertight construction, set plumb, square
and true in every respect. Sheet metal shall be set with lines and align sharp and true; plain surfaces shall be free
of waves and buckles. Joints and seams in plain surfaces shall be avoided where possible.
C. All joints shall be soldered. The pans may be pre -tinned 1-1/2 inches back from the edges on both sides of the
sheet.
D. All pans shall be held in place by cleating. After pans are in place, all seams are malleted and soldered.
E. Install cleats and starter strips before installation of sheet metal.
F. Secure all flashings to substrates with screws, concealed where possible.
G. Sheet metal work in connection with membrane roofing shall be set in place after the membrane is in place, and
bedded as recommended by the Roofing System Manufacturer and SMACNA.
H. Where sheet metal is in contact with other metal of different composition, the two metals shall be separated by a
layer of felt set in a heavy coating of plastic cement.
I. All other flashing shown or required for waterproof installation shall be provided and installed in accordance with
good practice for permanence and appearance.
J. Construct roof drain flashing ring from sheet lead and install in strict accordance with the instruction of the roofing
system manufacturer.
K. Extend roof drain flashing flange a minimum of 18 inches out on roof deck.
L. Extend lead flashing down into vent stacks a minimum of 12 inches.
3.03 PENETRATION SEAL SYSTEMS
A. All components shall be prepared and installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions.
3.04 SCUPPERS AND DOWNSPOUTS
A. Installation shall be in strict accordance with the recommendations of SMACNA, including the spacing of
downspout straps.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Remove excess plastic cement, sealant materials and smears from adjacent surfaces and working surfaces as work
progresses.
B. On completion of work, recheck for spillage or droppings of plastic cement or asphalt products. Remove with a
cleaning agent which will not damage the materials being cleaned.
C. Remove all debris resulting from these operations from the site
End of Section
r
507/98 PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS
Section 07.730 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Furnish and install pipe support systems, complete, including bases, framing, supports, anchors, hangers,
rollers, clamps, guides and other devices required for supporting piping on roof and elsewhere as indicated.
B. Pipe supports are required to be furnished and installed for all piping transversing roof areas receiving work
under this Contract, and at other locations noted on the Drawings.
C. Piping required to be supported includes all new piping installed under this Contract and all existing piping to
remain.
D. Piping types required to be supported include, but are not necessarily limited to, gas pipes, electrical conduits
and condensate lines.
E. The work of this section shall be performed by the Mechanical Contractor.
F. Protection sheets under the pipe supports shall be furnished and installed under Specifications section 07.520.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Hangers and supports for piping and conduit which are suspended from the building structure, if any, shall be
furnished and installed under Divisions 15 and 16.
B. Mechanical piping suspended from or supported by pipe support systems, if any, shall be furnished and installed
under Division 15.
C. For new electrical conduit suspended from or supported by pipe support systems, including conduit clamps for
attachment of conduit to supports, if any, shall be furnished under Division 16.
D. Roofing Systems, Division 7.
1.04 REFERENCES
l
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
A 123-89a
Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
A 153-82 (1987)
Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
A 167-92b
Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium -Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip
A 570-92
Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot -Rolled, Structural Quality
D 695-61
Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics
D790-92
Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical
Insulating Materials
D 1929-91a
Ignition Properties of Plastics
D 2240-91
G 26-92
Rubber Property - Durometer Hardness
Practice for Operating Light -Exposure Apparatus (Xenon -Arc Type) with and
without water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials
ll'
507/98 PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS
Section 07.730 Page 2
B. Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. (MSS)
SP -58 Pipe Hangers and Supports, Materials, Design and Manufacture
SP -69 Pipe Hangers and Supports, Selection and Application
1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Piping on roof shall be supported by an engineered prefabricated portable pipe system specifically designed to be --
installed on the roof without roof penetrations, flashing or damage to the roofing material. The system shall
consist of recycled rubber and plastic bases, structural steel frame, and suitable pipe hangers and supports. The
system shall be custom designed to fit the piping and conduits to be installed and the actual conditions of service.
B. Bases constructed of lightweight concrete having the same footprint as the specified bases are acceptable
provided they are free of sharp edges and all other conditions of this section are satisfied, including the warranty
required under heading 1.10.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit for all products proposed for use, describing physical characteristics,
sizes, patterns, and method of installation.
B. Test Reports: If requested, submit certified test reports, prepared by an independent testing laboratory, showing
conformance to specified quality standards. Test results shall represent average results for production goods,
and shall be not over 2 years old.
C. Samples: Submit samples of bases, 12" (300 mm) long samples of framing members and samples of each type
support, hanger and fastener.
1.07 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitution procedures shall be in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions and Specifications _
section 01.600.
B. Proposed substitutions, to be considered, shall be manufactured of equivalent materials that meet or exceed
specified requirements of this Section.
1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
1. Manufacturer: Company specializing in pipe support systems manufacturing with a minimum of 5
continuous years of documented experience.
2. Installer: Company with a minimum of 5 years documented experience in the installation of pipe support
systems, approved by manufacturer.
3. Submit a list of at least 5 installations that have been in use for a minimum of 3 years. Include name of --
contact person and telephone numbers.
1.09 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Deliver all materials to the installation site in the manufacturer's original packaging. Packaging shall contain
manufacturer's name, product model names and catalog numbers, identification numbers, and other related
information.
7
507/98 PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS
Section 07.730 Page 3
1. Injection molded and pressed, recycled plastic and rubber conforming to the following:
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
1.10
WARRANTY
Acceptable value
A.
Provide four certified copies of the following manufacturer's product warranty.
negligible
Shrinkage/swelling due to moisture
1. Bases: Provide warranty covering pipe support bases against deterioration for the same duration as the
negligible
Coefficient of thermal expansion,
inches/foot
roofing system warranty specified in Specifications Section 01.740.
�.
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
2. Pipe support bases which fail during the warranty period shall be replaced and reinstalled at no cost to the
Test Method
Acceptable value
Owner.
55.8
3. The warranty period shall begin on the Date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Chemical resistance to oil, brake fluid,
gasoline, diesel oil, antifreeze, battery
acid or sulfuric acid
2.01
MANUFACTURER
Hardness
Rr F.
73° F.
116° F.
ASTM D 2240
D/61/1
D/57/1
D/59/1
A.
Pipe support systems shall be equivalent to those manufactured by Portable Pipe Hangers, Inc., 1 West Loop
South, Suite 100, Houston, Texas 77497, telephone 713/964-6800, facsimile 713/964-6801, and P. O. Box
14045, Odessa, Texas 79768-4045, telephone 915/550-8125, facsimile 915/362-1371.
2.02
MATERIALS
A.
Bases:
1. Injection molded and pressed, recycled plastic and rubber conforming to the following:
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Physical property, units
Test Method
Acceptable value
Moisture content
negligible
Shrinkage/swelling due to moisture
negligible
Coefficient of thermal expansion,
inches/foot
7.27 x 10-1
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Characteristic, Units
Test Method
Acceptable value
Density, pounds/cubic foot
55.8
Insect resistance
no know insects attack the material
Chemical resistance to oil, brake fluid,
gasoline, diesel oil, antifreeze, battery
acid or sulfuric acid
no visual or physical change noted
Hardness
Rr F.
73° F.
116° F.
ASTM D 2240
D/61/1
D/57/1
D/59/1
507/98 PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS -
- Section 07.730 Page 4
Compressive strength, psi @
ASTM D 695
30° F.
2530
73° F.
2580
116° F.
2290
Flexural, strength, psi @
ASTM D 790
30° F.
2726
73° F.
2106
116° F
1847
Modulus of elasticity, psi @
ASTM D 790
30° F.
2.4 x 10'5
73° F.
8.6 x 10-5
116° F.
4.0 x 10'5
Ignition, OF.
ASTM D 1929
Flash ignition temperature
770
Self ignition temperature
788
Fire resistance, 25 KW/m heat flux, 10
ASTM G 26
no ignition
minutes
2. Bases shall be the size, type and spacing as indicated on the Drawings. ^-
3. Bases shall be designed for weight of pipes to be supported, fabricated in the shop with inserts for square
tubing or threaded rods as required.
B. Framing: "Unistrut" P9000 or P9200, fabricated of steel conforming to ASTM A570, Grade 33. Framing shall
be roll formed of 12 gauge (2.7 mm thick)steel into square tubular shape and continuously welded. Tubing shall -
be perforated with 9/16" (47.6 mm) holes at 17/8" (47.6 mm) centers on 4 sides.
C. Pipe Supports and Hangers: Conform to MSS SP -58 and MSS SP -69. Supports and hangers shall be fabricated
of carbon steel.
1. 2" (63 mm) and smaller: Single roller supports for piping subject to expansion and contraction, "Unistrut"
channels and pipe clamps.
2. 3" (76 mm) and larger: Rollers, clevis hangers or band hangers, to allow for expansion and contraction _
without movement of the bases.
D. Materials shall be as required by the manufacturer to meet the requirements of the warranty required under
heading 1. 10, and shall be not less than those noted on the Drawings.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Provide all clamps, bolts, nuts, washers, and other devices as required for a complete system.
2.04 FINISHES
A. Metal surfaces: Hot dip galvanize metal framing, supports and hangers, after fabrication is completed and
produce coatings free of roughness, whiskers, unsightly spangles, icicles, runs, barbs, sags, droplets and other
surface blemishes. Galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A123 for tubing and ASTM A153 for hardware and
accessories.
1
507/98 PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS
" Section 07.730 Page 5
B. Finishes shall be as required by the manufacturer to meet the requirements of the warranty required under
heading 1. 10, and shall be no less than those noted on the Drawings.
C. Bases: Black color as molded.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that roofing system is complete, and that roof surfaces are smooth and flat and are ready to receive work.
B. Verify that roof temperature is a minimum of 60 degrees F (15.5 degrees C.) for proper adhesive performance.
C. Use care in installation of portable pipe support systems not to damage roofing, flashing, equipment or related
materials.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces of roof to receive portable pipe support bases on roofs with existing aggregate surfacing, remove
aggregate, remove dirt, dust, oils, and other foreign materials from all roofs.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Installation of pipe support systems shall be in strict conformance with the manufacturer's written instructions
and recommendations. Installation shall allow normal thermal and other movement of piping without causing
damage to the roof membrane.
1 A. When requested by the Architect, a factory trained representative of the manufacturer shall visit the site while
the work is in progress to ensure that the installation conforms to manufacturer's installation requirements and
design requirements.
3.05 CLEANING
F
B.
Bases and support framing shall be located as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. The support of
all piping shall be complete and adequate, whether or not all required devices are shown.
C.
The use of wood or wire for supporting piping will not be permitted.
D.
Deflection of pipes shall not exceed 1/240th of the span.
E.
Framing system shall be installed at spacings indicated on the Drawings.
F.
Set bases on protection sheets. Accurately locate and align bases. Where applicable, replace roofing aggregate
around bases. Bases shall not bear on roofing aggregate surfacing.
t
G.
Set framing posts into bases and assemble framing structure as indicated.
•
H.
Use galvanized fasteners for galvanized framing and use stainless steel fasteners for stainless steel framing.
"
I.
Piping shall bear on pipe supports at each support location.
r
C
J.
Adjust pipe supports to provide the required gradient for condensate lines to ensure flow of condensate.
3.04
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
1 A. When requested by the Architect, a factory trained representative of the manufacturer shall visit the site while
the work is in progress to ensure that the installation conforms to manufacturer's installation requirements and
design requirements.
3.05 CLEANING
F
507/98 PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS
Section 07.730 Page 6
A. Remove all packaging, unused fasteners, debris and other installation materials from site.
B. Leave work in a clean condition.
3.06 PROTECTION
A. Protect finished installation from damage by other construction activities.
End of Section
507/98 CAULKING AND SEALANTS
Section 07.920 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Perform all work required to complete the joint preparation, joint packing or filler, priming, caulking and
sealing indicated on the Drawings and specified herein.
B. Seal all appropriate joints associated with the work to completely weatherproof the building.
C. Furnish all supplementary items necessary to provide an air and watertight seal at all locations requiring sealant.
1.03 RELATED WORK
A. Section 07.520 Modified Bitumen Roofing
B. Section 07.600 Flashing and Sheet Metal
C Section 08.150 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Sealant material manufactured by any of the following manufacturers is acceptable provided it complies with the
requirements of this section.
1. General Electric Company
2. Gibson -Homans Company
3. W. R. Grace and Company
4. Mameco International, Inc.
5. Pecora Chemical Corporation
6. Products Research and Chemical Corporation
7. Sika Corporation
8. Sonneborn Building Products, Inc.
9. Tremco Manufacturing Company.
1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Deliver materials in unopened containers as packaged by the manufacturer. Store in a manner to protect
materials from the weather.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's published data for sealants. Show each color available. Color selection will be by the
Architect.
B. When requested by the Architect, submit samples of cured sealants and a 6" long sample of each type of joint
backup if required.
507/98 CAULKING AND SEALANTS --
Section 07.920 Page 2
1.07 WARRANTIES
A. Provide a two (2) year applicator's unlimited warranty covering materials and workmanship for installed
sealants which fail to provide a watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure.
B. The unlimited warranty shall not be subject to a deductible, and shall not be prorated.
C. Provide a five (5) year product warranty for installed sealants which fail to provide a watertight seal, exhibit
loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure.
D. The term of the warranties shall begin on the Date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Sealant at applications other than in contact with modified bitumen roofing membrane shall be equivalent to
Vulkem 116 polyurethane sealant as manufactured by Mameco International, Inc. of Cleveland, Ohio. _
B. Sealant at applications coming in contact with modified bitumen roofing shall be equivalent to Black Jack #1010
Neoprene Flashing Cement as manufactured by the Gibson -Homans Company of Twinsburg, Ohio, or as
recommended by the roofing system manufacturer.
C. Backing Rods, where required, shall be closed cell polyethylene or open cell polyurethane as recommended by
the sealant manufacturer for the application conditions encountered.
D. Sealant Primer shall be as recommended by the sealant manufacturer for each type of surface application.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Examine all surfaces to receive sealant and report all conditions not acceptable. Installation. shall be deemed as
acceptance of the surface.
B. Clean all surfaces and joints thoroughly, removing all foreign matter, dust, oil, grease, water surface, dirt,
frost, old caulking material and previously applied paint or primer.
C. Prime and prepare surfaces in strict accordance with sealant manufacturer's written instructions and
recommendations.
D. Report unsatisfactory surfaces to the Prime Contractor.
3.02 GENERAL APPLICATION OF SEALANTS
A. Follow sealant manufacturer's instructions regarding preparation, priming, application life and application
procedure.
B. Apply masking tape where required in continuous strips in alignment with joint edge. Remove tape immediately
after joints have been sealed and tooled as directed.
507/98 CAULKING AND SEALANTS
Section 07.920 Page 3
C. Apply sealant under pressure with gun having nozzle of proper size, or other appropriate means. Provide
sufficient pressure to completely fill joints.
D. Neatly point or tool sealant to provide proper contour. Use clean water -wet tool or tooling solution recommended
by manufacturer when tooling white or light colored sealant.
3.03 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent surfaces of sealant excesses or smears. Use solvent or cleaning agent as recommended by sealant
manufacturer.
B. Leave all finished work in a neat, clean condition.
C. Remove all debris, unused materials, tools and equipment resulting from these operations from the site.
End of Section
I
f
507/98 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
Section 08.150 Page 1
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The extent of hollow metal doors and frames is shown on the Drawings and schedules. All shall be custom
hollow metal work.
1.03 RELATED WORK
A. Section 08.700 Finish Hardware
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide hollow metal manufactured by a single firm specializing in the production of this type of work.
B. The Contractor shall not submit any hollow metal manufacturer for the Architect's approval without first
verifying that the proposed manufacturer's facilities are adequate to perform the work in accordance with the
Contract Documents. The manufacturer shall have been in the business for at least five years and shall have a
record for financial responsibility and for doing work of the quality required by the Contract Documents.
1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. SDI -100 - Recommended Specifications -Standard Steel Doors and Frames of Steel Door Institute.
B. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL), and Factory Mutual (FM), as applicable to fire rated hollow metal door
frames.
C. ASTM A525 - Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process, General Requirements.
D. ASTM A569 - Steel, Carbon, Hot -Rolled Sheet and Strip, Commercial Quality.
E. ASTM A591 - Steel Sheet, cold -Rolled, Electrolyte Zinc Coated.
F. ASTM A366 - Steel, Carbon, Cold -Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings for the fabrication and erection of all hollow metal. Include details of each frame type,
elevations of design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, locations and installation requirements
of finish hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorages and necessary
items.
B. Samples
1. If requested by the Architect, submit a 12" x 12" sample comer section of typical frame showing details of
construction and finish.
2. If requested by the Architect, submit a 12" x 12" sample comer section of typical door showing details on
construction and finish.
507/98 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
Section 08.150 Page 2
3. If requested by the Architect, submit samples of all accessories.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Hollow metal manufactured by any of the following manufacturers is acceptable, provided that it strictly
complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
1. Ceco Door Products.
2. Hol -O -Met, Inc.
3. Overly Manufacturing Company
4. Republic Steel Corporation
5. Steelcraft
6. Superior Door & Sash Company
7. Tex -Steel Corporation
8. Williamsburg Steel Products Company
2.02 MATERIALS
A. METAL: ASTM A366, A60 galvanized.
B. INSULATION: Mineral wool batt insulation, thickness as required for door thickness.
2.03 FABRICATION "
A. Frames
1. Form metal frames to size and shapes indicated from cold rolled, pickled and oiled steel sheets with clean
smooth surfaces. Fabricate all frames from 14 gauge steel.
2. Construct frames strong, rigid, neat and free from defects, true and fully welded unit type construction at
joints. Miter joints and continuously arc -weld full depth and width of frames. Dress smooth and invisible,
welds of joints on exposed surfaces.
3. Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap with templates, frames to receive mortise hardware. Provide reinforcing
plates for surface applied hardware. Reinforce for hinges with 7 gauge steel; for locks and other hardware —
cutouts with 12 gauge steel; for surface applied hardware with 12 gauge steel.
4. Provide 26 gauge galvanized cover boxes in back of all hardware cutouts.
5. Provide temporary steel spreaders fastened across bottom of frames. Label each frame before shipping with —
metal or plastic tags to show their location, size door swing and other pertinent information.
6. Plaster Guards: Provide 22 gauge plaster guards for mortar boxes, welded to the frame, at the back of all
finish hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation.
7. Provide stops for glass and glazing work to be performed under section 08.800. _
B. Doors
1. Fabricate door from cold rolled, pickled and oiled, stretcher leveled steel; 18 gauge face sheets. Use 16
gauge for channel frame and 22 gauge for interlocking vertical channels or "z" shaped member reinforcing.
2. Construct doors rigid, neat and free from defects, with continuous welded joints at door edges dressed
smooth and invisible. No joints shall occur on face of door.
3. Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap with templates, frames to receive all mortise hardware. Provide
reinforcing plates for surface applied hardware. Reinforce for hinges with 7 gauge steel; for locks and
other hardware cutouts with 12 gauge steel; for surface applied hardware with 12 gauge steel.
i
507/98 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
Section 08.150 Page 3
4. Provide 1/8" clearance at jambs and heads; 3/16" at sills, except fire doors and where indicated otherwise.
Bevel lock edge of stiles 1/8" in 2".
2.04 SHOP PAINTING
A. Clean ferrous metal and treat chemically to prepare for maximum paint adhesion. Apply coat of rust -inhibitive
metal primer by spraying or dipping. Bake or oven -dry prime coat to secure hard, abrasion -resistant finish.
Finish surfaces smooth and free from irregularities and rough spots.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install hollow metal units and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings and manufacturer's data, and
as herein specified.
B. Leave shipping spreaders on frames until complete wall system surrounding the frame is rigidly secured to
frame, floors and ceilings. Set bottom anchors of frame to floor with power -driven fasteners or expansion bolts
(not lead shields).
C. Coat contact surfaces of any dissimilar metals with bituminous, base paint and let dry before installation.
D. Install all surface mounted hardware. Ensure that all attachment devices are anchored in their reinforcement
materials inside the door frames.
E. Install hollow metal frames plumb and square, in correct location indicated on Drawings and with a maximum
diagonal distortion of 1/16 inch. Ensure frames are securely and rigidly anchored to adjacent construction.
F. Hang doors in frames as scheduled. Welding of hinges to doors or frames will not be permitted. Follow
recommendations of the manufacturer for installation of the hardware. Install hardware in location as provided
by door manufacturer.
G. After installation, adjust all hardware items for smooth and balanced operation.
H. Remove and replace defective work, including frames which are warped, bowed or otherwise damaged.
3.02 CLEANING
A. Remove all smudge, dirt, oil, grease or other materials which might affect painting.
B. Remove all excess materials and debris from site.
End of Section
7
507/98 FINISH HARDWARE
Section 08.700 Page 1
FOR
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions of the Agreement and General
Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A.
The extent of finish hardware is shown on the Drawings and as scheduled herein. The required types of finish
hardware include (but are not necessarily limited to) the following:
1. Butts and hinges, locksets, closers, trim units, kickplates, silencers and weatherstripping.
B.
Certain manufactured items which have hardware furnished as an integral part of their assembly are not required
under this heading.
C.
The Contractor shall furnish cylinders and keying for each lockset.
1.03
RELATED WORK
A.
Section 08.150 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames.
1.04
REFERENCES
Preparation for Mortise Door Locks for 1-3/4 inch Doors.
A.
ANSI A115.1 - Door and Frame
�^
p¢
B.
ANSI A115.2 - Door and Frame Preparation for Bored or Cylindrical Locks for 1-3/4 inch Doors.
C.
ANSI Al 15.4 - Door and Frame Preparation for Lever Extension Flush Bolts.
D.
ANSI Al 15.5 - Frame Preparation for 181 & 190 Series Deadlock Strikes.
E.
ANSI Al 15.9 - Door and Frame Preparation for Closer, Offset Hung, Single Acting.
F.
ANSI A156.1 - Butts and Hinges.
�-
G.
ANSI A156.2 - Locks and Lock Trim.
H.
ANSI A156.3 - Exit Devices.
I.
ANSI A156.4 - Door Controls (Closers).
J.
ANSI A156.6 - Architectural Door Trim.
K.
ANSI A156.7 - Template Hinges.
1.05
SUBMITTALS
A.
As soon as practicable and not later than 10 days after award of General Contract, the Contractor shall submit to
the Architect for approval, copies of the finish hardware schedule complete with all details and a sample of each
individual item as may be requested. The General Contractor shall not award contract for finish hardware until
t
samples and schedules have been approved by the Architect.
507/98 FINISH HARDWARE
Section 08.700 Page 2
B. Finish Hardware Schedule shall be a complete detailed list of hardware required to meet requirements of the
drawings and specifications.
C. Provide the Architect with manufacturer's parts list and maintenance instructions for each type of hardware
supplied and necessary wrenches and tools required for proper maintenance of hardware.
D. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The furnishing of finish hardware shall be subcontracted only to recognized and experienced supplier and who
has employed an experienced hardware consultant who is available at all reasonable times during the course of
the work for project hardware consultation to the Owner, Architect and Contractor.
1.07 UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES REQUIREMENTS
A. All hardware for openings requiring UL label, if any, shall be furnished and installed in strict accordance with
the requirements of Underwriter's Laboratories.
1.08 TEMPLATES
A. Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames, and other work to be factory -prepared for the
installation of hardware. Check the shop drawings of such other work, to confirm that adequate provisions will
be made for the proper installation of hardware.
1.09 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate hardware with other work. Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to the
final hardware schedule, and include basic installation instructions in the package. Furnish hardware items of
proper design for use of doors and frames of the thickness, profile, swing, security and similar requirements
indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function, regardless of omissions or conflicts in the
information in the contract documents. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at the times and to the
locations (shop or field) for installation, as directed by the Contractor.
1.10 SECURITY
A. Provide secure lock-up for hardware delivered to the project, but not yet installed. Control the handling and
installation of hardware items which are not immediately replaceable, so that the completion of the work will not
be delayed by hardware losses, both before and after installation.
1.11 QUANTITIES
A. Contractor shall verify the number of doors and other parts requiring hardware listed under an item and make
his own quantities in making his quotation, as he will be required to furnish hardware in accordance with the
actual requirements of the Drawings. In case of any omission or error in the hardware as scheduled, furnish
hardware identical to that required for similar openings, as approved by the Architect.
1.12 HARDWARE SCHEDULE
A. I The Hardware Schedule is not complete with respect to the thickness of doors, hand and backset of hardware
items, method of fastening and other detail requirements.
B. Thoroughly check the Drawings and Door Schedules and provide all required hardware for all openings.
p
507/98 FINISH HARDWARE
F. Section 08.700 Page 3
1.13
KEYING
A.
All locksets shall be keyed by the Contractor to the existing Corbin Russwin keyway system.
B.
Provide 4 keys to each lockset installed in this Contract, and provide 6 master keys.
C.
All keys shall be nickel silver.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
rw
2.01
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A.
Material manufactured by any of the following manufacturer's is acceptable, provided it complies with the
P
Contract Documents.
1. LOCKSETS AND LATCHSETS
a. Corbin Russwin
2. HINGES
a. Roton
3. CLOSERS
a. LCN
4. EXIT DEVICES
a. Sargent
r5.
PLATES, STOPS AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
a. Trimco
b. Pemco
c. Sargent
2.02
HARDWARE
A.
Provide items as listed in schedule at end of this section, complete to function as intended.
2.03
CLOSERS
A.
All closers shall be parallel arm mount unless specifically noted otherwise.
PART 3 EXECUTION
(^
3.01
INSTALLATION
(4
A.
Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Wherever
...
cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in
another way, install each item completely and then remove and store in a secure place during the finish
application. After completion of the finishes, reinstall each item. Do not install surface -mounted items until
finishes have been completed on the substrate.
r
507/98 FINISH HARDWARE —
Section 08.700 Page 4
B. Adjust and check each operating items of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of
every unit. Lubricate moving parts with type lubrication recommended by manufacturer (graphite -type if no
other recommended). Replace units which cannot be adjusted and lubricated to operate freely and smoothly as
intended for the application made.
C. Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or
area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and make a final check and
adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean and relubricate operating items as necessary to --
restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final
operation of heating and ventilating equipment.
D. If a door has a closer, then the sweep period of the closer shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 70
degrees, the door will take at least 3.5 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured to the
leading edge of the door.
E. The maximum force for pushing or pulling open a door shall be as follows:
1. Fire doors shall have a minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority.
2. Other Doors:
a. exterior hinged doors: 8.5 lbf.
b. interior hinged doors: 5 lbf.
c. sliding or folding doors: 5 lbf.
3. These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that may hold
the door in a closed position.
4. Forces for pushing or pulling doors open are measured with a push-pull gauge under the following
conditions:
a. Hinged Doors: Force applied perpendicular to the door opener or 30 in (760 mm) from the hinged
side, whichever is farther from the hinge.
b. Application of Force: Apply force gradually so that the applied force does not exceed the resistance of
the door. Air -pressure differentials may require a modification of this specification in order to meet the
functional intent.
F. Door closers shall be mounted parallel arm unless specifically approved otherwise by the Architect.
G. Unless directed otherwise, all hardware shall be mounted at heights as recommended by the hardware industry.
The hardware schedule submitted to the Architect shall slow proposed mounting heights or locations of each
hardware item.
3.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide all required hardware although not specifically mentioned; trim such openings with hardware of
equivalent quality and design to that specified for similar openings. No claims for extras will be allowed for any --
services or materials which, in the Architect's opinion, should have been foreseen by the Contractor and
included in the Proposal.
B. Where the exact types of hardware specified are not adaptable to the finished shape or size of members requiring
hardware, furnish suitable types having as nearly as practicable the same operation and quality as the types
specified.
i
507/98 FIMSH HARDWARE
Section 08.700 Page 5
C. Hardware supplier shall make an inspection of each items, and after completion, notify the Contractor, in
writing, with a copy to the Architect, of any hardware that has been improperly installed, it being understood
that the Contractor is entirely responsible for satisfactory performance of the completed work.
3.03 FASTENINGS
A. Furnish hardware complete with all necessary screws, through -bolts and other fastenings of suitable type and
size to assure a permanent concealed attachment and of finish to harmonize with the hardware.
B. Provide concealed fastenings wherever possible. Where exposed, use countersunk Phillips oval -head type
screws, (flat head for hinges) and match finish of hardware being attached. Do no attach hardware to metal
frames with self -tapping or sheet metal screws.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF WEATHERSTRIPPING
A. All weatherstripping shall be installed by experienced mechanics in accordance with methods recommended by
manufacturer.
B. All weatherstripping shall be continuous and not pieced in any run. Fasten all materials under this heading with
screws or other fasteners to match adjacent background finish.
C. Adjust weatherstripping so that installation will be permanently weathertight, permitting no infiltration of air or
dust when doors are in a closed position. Leave all weatherstripping in perfect working order upon completion.
Set threshold units level and accurately aligned with the frames and doors, and at the proper elevations for door
operation. Shim, if necessary, for full continuous support of threshold at each edge and intermediate legs, if
any. Use non -corrosive shims of metal or plastic set in adhesive or otherwise anchored against dislocation from
impact forces of traffic upon the threshold.
D. Notch thresholds and saddles at all jambs to ensure full width opening in one piece. Set in a bed of sealant as
specified in Section 07.920 to completely fill concealed voids and exclude moisture from every source. Do not
plug drainage holes or block weeps. Remove excess sealant.
3.05 HARDWARE SCHEDULE
HW -1
DOORS MARKED 1
EACH TO HAVE:
End of Section
1
CONT HINGE
780-224HD CLEAR
ROTON
1
LOCKSET
Key Only • mortise • lever handle US32D
CORBIN RUSSWIN
1
CYLINDER
US26D
CORBIN RUSSWIN
1
1
CLOSER
THRESHOLD
4041 H CUSH X TB
172A
LCN
PEMKO
1
DOOR SWEEP
18062CP
PEMKO
1
W/STRIPPING
45062CP
PEMKO
End of Section